Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit EL10-0758 - HOME DEPOTHOME DEPOT 6810 S 180 ST EL1O-0758 Parcel No.: Address: Tenant Name: CitygPf Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite # 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206 - 431 -2451 Web site: http: / /wwwci.tukwila.wa.us 3623049074 6810 S 180 ST TUKW HOME DEPOT ELECTRICAL PERMIT Permit Number: Issue Date: Permit Expires On: EL10 -0758 02/09/2011 08/08/2011 Owner: Name: Address: Contact Person: Name: Address: Contractor: Name: Address: HD DEVELOPMENT OF MARYLAND PROPERTY TAX DEPT #4705 , PO BOX 105842 30339 DOUG COGER 1506 W WHISPERING WIND DR STE 130 , PHOENIX AZ LIN R ROGERS ELECTRICAL INC 2050 MARCONI DR STE 200 , ALPHARETTA GA 30005 Contractor License No: LINRRRR956B 1 85085 Phone: 623 - 516 -7390 Phone: 770- 772 -3400 Expiration Date: 01/29/2013 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: REPLACE THE EXISTING 50KW PROPANE EMERGENCY GENERATOR WITH NEW 150KW DIESEL EMERGENCY /STANDBY GENERATOR AT THE SAME EXTERIOR BLOCK WALL & FENCE ENCLOSURE LOCATION. INSTALL NEW ATS -2 AND .ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT FOR EXISTING RE- ROUTED "OPTIONAL" LOADS, PROVIDE NEW 150 AMP FEEDER TO GENERATOR SERVED FROM ATS -2, INSTALL NEW ATS -1 FOR EXISTING EMERGENCY LOADS AND RE -USE EXISTING FEEDER. NO NEW BRANCH CIRCUITS WILL BE ADDED TO THE EXISTING BUILDING SERVICE. Value of Electrical Work: NRES: $85,000.00 Fees Collected: RES: $0.00 Type of Fire Protection: UNKNOWN Electrical Service provided by: PUGET SOUND ENERGY Permit Center Authorized Signature: $1,743.00 National Electrical Code Edition: 2008 Date: I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I ant authorized to sign and obtain this electrical permit and agree to the conditions on the back of this permit. Signature:. Date: 62 -0c(-11 Print Name: —i o (d C( " \\ \c 6 doc: EL -9/09 EL10 -0758 Printed: 02 -09 -2011 This permit shall become null and void if thillirk is not commenced within 180 days from t ate of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from last inspection. doc: EL -9/09 ELI 0-0758 Printed: 02 -09 -2011 PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit No. EL10 -0758 * *ELECTRICAL ** 1: ** *ELECTRICAL * ** 2: A copy of the electrical work permit shall be posted or otherwise made readily accessible to the Electrical Inspector at each work site. 3: Approved plans shall be maintained at the construction site and shall be readily available to the Electrical Inspector. 4: All electrical work shall be in accordance with NFPA 70 - NEC, and requirements for electrical installations, Chapter 296 -46B WAC. 5: When any portion of the electrical installation is to be hidden from view by permanent placement of parts of the building, such equipment shall not be concealed until it has been inspected and approved by the Electrical Inspector. 6: The issuance of an electrical work permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of the provisions of the electrical code or other ordinances of the jurisdiction. Permits or related documentation that presumes to grant this authority are therefore not valid. 7: Any change in the scope of work described by the electrical work permit shall require additional work permits. Where approved plans have been issued, revisions to the plans and additional review may be required. doc: EL -9/09 EL10 -0758 Printed: 02 -09 -2011 • CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 htto://Www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Electrical Permit No. EL— (. C O S Project No. (For office use only) ELECTRICAL PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** SITE LOCATION Site Address: (1fd /0 S. /RD f!, S>t . Tenant Name: Home rkpot Storms * H7o5 Property Owners Name: Home. Depot Mailing Address: 21155 Bees rerr 1241 .r King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 30 96 l) 71/ Suite Number: Floor: New Tenant: ❑ Yes []:.No At/3ti>Ez City GA State 3o3S1 Zip CONTACT PERSON — Who do we contact when your permit is ready to be issued Name: Dou j CO5Cr Day Telephone: C L23) 5/1. - 73 10 Mailing Address: /5O( W. Whisperin W ;nd i», Sit. /30 ?hoenix AZ 85085 9 City State Zip E -Mail Address: dou9 c. @ Ire jcrse%cfric • c0t9') Fax Number: (1.23) Ste -739L ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Lin 2. • R.ogers Elecfrle ?l Lorlt'h .1 Gi'to -s, �J Alph oac i 4A 3o0o5 City State Zip Day Telephone: (170) 77Z-3073 Mailing Address: 2050 Abez,Dra L '., Sic. ZOO Contact Person: 00111 bS E -Mail Address: mc.r4s�A_ /rD jerse /e dri c . torn Fax Number: ( ei t) 220- $11,+16 Contractor Registration Number: EC O1- UNK.Rz A 931# Bl Expiration Date: 1/2 9 /ZO/I Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ � CV 0 'pc' Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): (�( as-t 5-e ce ,et 44ic L -c A o -t work 1 Will service be altered? ❑ Yes (( No Adding more than 50 amps? ❑ Yes of No Type of Use: Type of work: ❑ New ❑ Addition ❑ Service Change ❑ Remodel ❑ Tenant Improvement ❑ Low Voltage Generator ❑ Fire Alarm ❑ Telecommunication ❑ Temporary Service Property Served by: ❑ Puget Sound Energy ❑ Seattle City Light H:\Applications \Forms- Applications On Line\2010 Applications \7.2010 - Electrical Permit Application.doc bh Page 1 of 2 1 RESIDENTIAL NEW RESIDENTIAL SERVICE ❑ New single family dwellings $152.85 (including an attached garage) ❑ Garages, pools, spas and outbuildings $81.90 ea ❑ Low voltage systems (alarm, fumace thermostat) $59.85 ea RESIDENTIAL REMODEL AND SERVICE CHANGES ❑ Service change or alteration $81.90 (no added/altered circuits) ❑ Service change with added /altered circuits $81.90 number of added circuits $11.55 ea ❑ Circuits added/altered without service change $54.60 (up to 5 circuits) ❑ Circuits added/altered without service change $54.60 (6 or more circuits) $7.65 ea ❑ Meter /mast repair $68.25 ❑ Low voltage systems $59.85 (alarm, furnace thermostat) MULTI - FAMILY AND COMMERCIAL Fees are based on the valuation of the electrical contract. MISCELLANEOUS FEES ❑ Temporary service (residential) $63.00 ❑ Temporary service (generator) $78.75 ❑ Manufactured/mobile home service $84.00 (excluding garage or outbuilding) ❑ Carnivals $78.75 Number of concessions $10.50 ea PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES - Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not to exceed 90 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: Signature: Lin g . goers Mailing Address: 2050 Marcus Dr., Sit. 2.00 Print Name: Date Application Accepted: fiMgC411130 Date: g - 40 Day Telephone: 077o) 772-3 g'00 laid A ph�w-� City Date Application Expires: H:Upplications\Forms- Applications On Line\2010 Applications? -2010 - Electrical Permit Application.doc bh Page 2 of 2 30.05 State Zip AWAVIDIEIZELaga • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Parcel No.: 3623049074 Address: 6810 S 180 ST TUKW Suite No: Applicant: HOME DEPOT RECEIPT Permit Number: EL10 -0758 Status: APPROVED Applied Date: 09/23/2010 Issue Date: Receipt No.: R11 -00247 Payment Amount: $1,394.40 Initials: WER Payment Date: 02/09/2011 10:22 AM User ID: 1655 Balance: $0.00 Payee: LIN R ROGERS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 129214 1,394.40 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts ELECTRICAL PERMIT - NONR 000.322.101.00.00 1,394.40 Total: $1,394.40 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 02 -09 -2011 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Parcel No.: 3623049074 Address: 6810 S 180 ST TUKW Suite No: Applicant: HOME DEPOT STRE #4705 RECEIPT Permit Number: EL10 -0758 Status: PENDING Applied Date: 09/23/2010 Issue Date: Receipt No.: R10 -01892 Payment Amount: $348.60 Initials: TLS Payment Date: 09/23/2010 10:16 AM User ID: 1670 Balance: $1,394.40 Payee: LIN R ROGERS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 126562 348.60 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts ELECTRICAL PLAN - NONRES 000.345.832.00.00 348.60 Total: $348.60 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 09 -23 -2010 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with perm/ INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 it, (206) 431 -367 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: AA VEc7r Type of Inspection: Address: alo i .1105r Date Called: Date Wanted: m. P.m. Special Instructions: Requester: Phone No: 14 'Approved per applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: &Nei) Date: 01 1 n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Inspector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 640 -0970 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -36 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: Type of Inspection: —7 Address: 0� O �• �O V ST V Date Called: • ter- 46. l RO-oc 44P _. Special Instructions: 0 Date Wanted: 3v a:m. Requester: Phone No: 1EApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ii<. . k e,c,„jbvti-5, ok, (9A1Na1 e-5 ( mac "A41 of ter- 46. l RO-oc 44P -repei srK svo 1 tz 1% ,,, Inspector: Date: 03 24 III n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION REtORD INSPECTION NO. Retain a copy with permit 64o-075)? PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION. 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-36 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project: 6 PePof Type of Inspection: /cos‘- Date: Address: 5 (prto . /YO,r. Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 3 il 6, Requester: Phone No: ElApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 65GtflittJt.- Fe4\ 3/Zi cx.fA s. Inspector: ,r- _ • P Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 1 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit MO-on PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: i'r v e P,p, pill ® Type of Inspection: /� Address: 00 5_ cc 61: Date Called: Special Instructions: if 11',OO (A-m. Date Wanted: 3/07 (a-.m. Requester: Phone No: 14 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval: COMMENTS: k' eo p1k i -re:crii4Acrno4 hie6d4NAli I1" 4r 4kd. M5 Date: 00///1 n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIREIi. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS rf V i cate+; Se rv%0.e0 rL9000 ° &`:ISO 9001:2000 'Cett fled Com ° ark; FILE COPY Permit No., Submittal Package 150REOZJE Generator 280 Gallon California Style Diesel Tank KSS - DMTA -0080S 80A ATS KSS - DMTA -0150S 150A ATS ELIO 07 5 8 REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE 70 NECK SEP 3 0 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED SEP 2 3 2010 PERMIT CENTER 5901 Goshen Springs Road NW Suite G Norcross, GA 30071 • Toll Free (888) 826 -4966 • Fax (770) 453 -4120 • www.nixonpower.com KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Quote Model 150REOZJE Spec Sheets Alternator Data Dimensional Drawings Wiring Schematic Diagrams Warranty Prototype Test Certifications Misc Pre - Startup Checklist Sub - Section Literature Alternator Data Sheet 4S13 Generator ADV -7734 Accessories ADV -7841 Controller ADV -5849 Enclosure ADV -7825 Remote Serial Annunciator ADV -6990 Controller ADV -7761 Controller GM67191 Controller GM70970 Warranty TP -5561 Prototype Test Certification G18 -56 Battery Charger 244578 Battery Charger GM28341 Block Heater 326220 Block Heater GM20968 Circuit Breaker ADV -7371 Circuit Breaker GM47475 Lugs ADV -7376 Pre - Startup Checklist PreStartUpCheckList NIXON Power Services .Cornpany ...the generator people NIXON POWER SERVICES 5901 GOSHEN SPRINGS ROAD NW SUITE G / NORCROSS, GA 30071 P: 770 -448 -6687 T: 800 -586 -4966 F: 770 -448 -6535 Job Name: KT- 150REOZJE- 08/09/10 Offer: K300301361 Version 1.0 Page 1 GENERATOR SET Model: 150REOZJE This generator set equipped with a 4S13 alternator operating at 277/480 volts is rated for 155 kW/194 kVA. Output amperage: 233 Configuration Qty 1 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 Description 150REOZJE Generator Set Warranty, 5 Year Comprehensive Power Factor Test,0.8,3Ph Only LCB, 60A, HDL, Therm Mag, 80% Mtg, LCB, H- Frame, 40 -90A, 4S Neutral, 600A 4S LCB, 150A, HDL, Therm Mag, 80% MTG, LCB2, H -FR TO H /J, 100 -150A, 4S /4UA Covers, 4S J -Box H/J -Frame With H/J LCB Unit, Mtd. Radiator Cooling Skid & Plant Mtg. 150REOZJE, 12V, 60Hz Nameplate Rating, Standby 130 Degree Decal, UL2200 Listing (Diesel) CSA Approval,4S Voltage ,60Hz,277 /480V,3Ph,4W,0.8PF Alternator, 4S13 Standard Duty Air Intake Controller, DEC3000, 800A Control & Hamess,DEC3000, Upper Mnt Enclosure, Weather Steel Block Heater, 1800w, 120V, 1 Ph Battery,1 /12V,950CCA,Wet Batt Chgr, Float, 90 -120V, 12V -6A Manual Speed Adjust Run Relay, 12V Flexible Fuel Lines Skid, Extension Remote AN Alarm Panel Closed Crankcase Vent Coolant in Genset 6 gals. KOHLERPOWER SYSTEMS Job Name: KT- 150REOZJE- 08/09/10 Offer: K300301361 Version 1.0 Page 2 Power Services Company. ...the generator people ' NIXON POWER SERVICES 5901 GOSHEN SPRINGS ROAD NW SUITE G / NORCROSS, GA 30071 P: 770 -448 -6687 T: 800 - 586 -4966 F: 770 - 448 -6535 31 Lit Kit, General Maint, 150REOZJE MISCELLANEOUS ' Part Number ES Qty Description 31 Special IBC certification 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 KOHLER,POWER SYSTEMS .. M• M MI r- MI MN .M r- r -• M. • M MN 1 1 1 r 0 9001 Vitm. NATIONALLY REGISTERED 1 150REOZJE KOHLEI POWER SYSTEMS Diesel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Generator Set Ratings Standby130C Ratings Standard Features • Kohler Co. provides one - source responsibility for the generating system and accessories. • The generator set and its components are prototype - tested, factory- built, and production- tested. • The 60 Hz generator set offers a UL 2200 listing. • The generator set accepts rated load in one step. • The generator set complies with ISO 8528 -5, Class G2, requirements for transient performance in all generator set configurations. Select the Decision - MakerTm 550 controller for improved voltage regulation and ISO 8528 -5, Class G3, compliance. • The 60 Hz generator set engine is certified by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to conform to Tier 3 nonroad emissions regulations. • A one -year limited warranty covers all systems and components. Two -, five -, and ten -year extended warranties are also available. • Alternator Features: o The unique Fast - Response TM II excitation system delivers excellent voltage response and short circuit capability using a permanent magnet (PM)- excited altemator. o The brushless, rotating -field alternator has broad range reconnectability. • Other Features: o Controllers are available for all applications. See controller features inside. o The low coolant level shutdown prevents overheating (standard on radiator models only). o Integral vibration isolation eliminates the need for under -unit vibration spring isolators. Altemator Voltage Ph Hz kW /kVA Amps 4S13 277/480 3 60 155/194 233 RATINGS: All three -phase units are rated at 0.8 power factor. All single -phase units are rated at 1.0 power factor. Standby Ratings: Standby ratings apply to installations served by a reliable utility source. The standby rating is applicable to varying bads for the duration of a power outage. There is no overload capability for this rating. Ratings are in accordance with ISO - 3046/1, BS5514, AS2789, and DIN 6271. Prime Power Ratings: Pnme power ratings apply to installations where utility power is unavailable or unreliable. At varying load, the number of generator set operating hours is unlimited. A 10% overload capacity is available for one hour in twelve. Ratings are in accordance with ISO - 8528/1, overload power in accordance with ISO - 304611, BS 5514, AS 2789, and DIN 6271. For limited running time and base load ratings, consult the factory. Obtain the technical information bulletin (TIB-101) on ratings guidelines for the complete ratings definitions. The generator set manufacturer reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR DERATION: Altitude: Derate 0.5% per 100 m (328 ft.) elevation above 1600 m (5250 ft.). Temperature: Derate 1.0% per 10 °C (18 °F) temperature above 25 °C (77°F). Model: 150REOZJE, continued Alternator Specifications Specifications Altemator Alternator manufacturer Type Exciter type Leads, quantity Voltage regulator Insulation Insulation: Material Insulation: Temperature Rise Bearing: quantity, type Coupling Amortisseur windings Voltage regulation, no -load to full -load Decision - Maker 3000 controller 550 controller (with 0.5% drift due to temperature variation) One -Step Load Acceptance Unbalanced load capability Kohler 4 -Pole, Rotating -Field Brushless,Permanent - Magnet 12, Reconnectable Solid State, Volts /Hz NEMA MG1 Class H 130 °C, Standby 1, Sealed Flexible disc Full 3 -Phase Sensing, ±0.5% 3 -Phase Sensing, ±0.25% 100% of rating 100% of Rated Standby Current • Sustained short- circuit current of up to 300% of the rated current for up to 10 seconds. • Sustained short- circuit current enabling down stream circuit breakers to trip without collapsing the altemator field. • Self- ventilated and dripproof construction. • Vacuum - impregnated windings with fungus- resistant epoxy varnish for dependability and long life. • Superior voltage waveform from a two- thirds pitch stator and skewed rotor. • Fast - Response TM II brushless altemator with brushless exciter for excellent load response. Model: 150REOZJE, continued Engine Engine Specifications Engine Manufacturer Engine Model Engine: type Cylinder arrangement Displacement, L (cu. in.) Bore and stroke, mm (in.) Compression ratio Piston speed, m /min. (ft. /min.) Main bearings: quantity, type Rated rpm Max. power at rated rpm, kWm (BHP) Cylinder head material Crankshaft material Valve (exhaust) material Intake Valve (exhaust) material Exhaust Governor: type, make /model Frequency regulation, no-load to-full load Frequency regulation, steady state Frequency Air cleaner type, all models Exhaust John Deere 6068HF285 4- Cycle, Turbocharged 6 Inline 6.79(414) 106 x 127 (4.19 x 5.00) 17.0:1 457 (1500) 7, Replaceable Insert 1800 177 (237) Cast Iron Forged Steel Chromium - Silicon Steel Stainless Steel JDEC Electronic L16 Denso HP3 Isochronous ±0.25% Fixed Dry Exhaust System Exhaust Manifold Type Exhaust flow at rated kW, m3 /min. (cfm) Exhaust temperature at rated kW, dry exhaust, °C ( °F) Maximum allowable back pressure, kPa (in. Hg) Exh. outlet size at eng. hookup, mm (in.) Engine Electrical Dry 33.9 (1197) 510 (950) 7.5 (2.2) 98 (3.86) Engine Electrical System Battery charging alternator Battery charging alternator: Ground (negative /positive) Volts (DC) Ampere rating Starter motor rated voltage (DC) Battery, recommended cold cranking amps (CCA): Qty., CCA rating each Battery voltage (DC) 12 Volt/24 Volt Negative 12/24 65/45 12/24 12 Volt/24 Volt One, 640/Two, 570 12 Model: 150REOZJE, continued Fuel Fuel System Fuel supply line, min. ID, mm (in.) Fuel return line, min. ID, mm (in.) Max. lift, fuel pump: type, m (ft.) Max. fuel flow, Lph (gph) Fuel prime pump Fuel Filter Secondary Fuel Filter Primary Fuel Filter Water Separator Recommended fuel Lubrication 11.0 (0.44) 6.0 (0.25) Electronic, 1.8 (6.0) 96.9 (25.6) Manual 2 Microns@ 98% Efficiency 30 Microns Yes #2 Diesel Lubrication System Type Oil pan capacity, L (qt.) Oil pan capacity with filter, L (qt.) Oil filter: quantity, type Oil cooler Cooling Full Pressure 27.0 (28.5) 27.9 (29.5) 1, Cartridge Water - Cooled Radiator System Ambient temperature, °C ( °F) Engine jacket water capacity, L (gal.) Radiator system capacity, including engine, L (gal.) Engine jacket water flow, Lpm (gpm) Heat rejected to cooling water at rated kW, dry exhaust, kW (Btu /min.) Heat rejected to air charge cooler at rated kW, dry exhaust, kW (Btu /min.) Water pump type Fan diameter, including blades, mm (in.) Fan, kWm (HP) Max. restriction of cooling air, intake and discharge side of radiator, kPA (in. H20) Operation Requirements 50 (122) 11.3 (3.0) 25.7 (6.8) 174 (46) 76.3 (4340) 31.8 (1810) Centrifugal 660 (26) 7.7 (10.3) 0.125 (0.5) Air Requirements Radiator - cooled cooling air, m3 /min. (scfm) * Combustion air, m3 /min. (cfm) Heat rejected to ambient air: Engine, kW (Btu /min.) Heat rejected to ambient air: Alternator, kW (Btu/ min.) *Air density = 1.20 kg /m3 (0.075 Ibm /ft3) 226.5 (8000) 13.6 (480) 35.9 (2040) 12.3 (700) Model: 150REOZJE, continued 1 Fuel Consumption 1 1 1 Diesel, Lph (gph), at % load Standby Fuel Consumption at 100% Toad Standby Fuel Consumption at 75% load Standby Fuel Consumption at 50% Toad Standby Fuel Consumption at 25% Toad Prime Fuel Consumption at 100% Toad Prime Fuel Consumption at 75% Toad Prime Fuel Consumption at 50% Toad Prime Fuel Consumption at 25% load 1 Dimensions and Weights 1 1 f 1 t.w., i 1._____L______I N NOTE: This drawing is provided for reference only and should not be used for planning installation. Contact your local distributor Ifor more detailed information. Overall Size, L x W x H, mm (in.): Weight (radiator model), wet, kg (Ib.): Rating 44.3 Lph (11.7 gph) 35.1 Lph (9.3 gph) 26.3 Lph (6.9 gph) 16.2 Lph (4.3 gph) 40.6 Lph (10.7 gph) 32.3 Lph (8.5 gph) 24.0 Lph (6.3 gph) 14.4 Lph (3.8 gph) 2950 x 1120 x 1527 (116.1 x 44.1 x 60.1) 1429 -1497 (3150 -3300) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Industrial Generator Set Accessories KOHLERPOWER SYSTEMS Generator Set Controller o 9001 MISYSTENIS NATIONALLY REGISTEREC KOHLER DECISION-MAKER. Decision - Maker® 3000 Kohler® Decision - Maker® 3000 Controller General Description and Function The Decision - Maker® 3000 generator set controller provides advanced control, system monitoring, and system diagnostics for optimum performance. The Decision - Maker® 3000 controller meets NFPA 110, Level 1 when equipped with the necessary accessories and installed per NFPA standards. The Decision - Maker® 3000 controller uses patented software logic to manage sophisticated functions, such as voltage regulation and alternator thermal overload protection, normally requiring additional hardware. Additional features include: • A digital display and pushbutton /rotary selector dial provide easy local access to data. • Measurements selectable in metric or English units. • Scrolling display shows critical data at a glance. • Digital display of power metering (kW and kVA). • Integrated hybrid voltage regulator providing ±0.5% regulation. • Built -in alternator thermal overload protection. G6 -100 10/09 Page 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 Emergency Stop Switch Digital Display Alarm Horn (located _ _ — inside the controller) Master Control Buttons Off - Reset /Auto /Run with Lights Q volts L V ase.0 v ) r • - - - - -/ 0 0 0 OFF /RESET AUTO RUN ALARM LAMP FAULT 0 SILENCEI TEST _1 _ —_- —\ User Interface Controls and Components • Emergency stop switch • Backlit LCD digital display with two lines of 12 characters (see User Interface Displays for menus) • Alarm horn indicates generator set shutdown and warning faults • Environmentally sealed membrane keypad with three master control buttons with lights o Off /Reset (red) o Auto (green) o Run (yellow) • Pushbutton /rotary selector dial for menu navigation o Rotate dial to access main menus o Push dial and rotate to access sub menus o Press dial for 3 seconds to return to top of main menu • Annunciator fault light o System shutdown (red) o System warning (yellow) • Alarm silence/lamp test button o Alarm silence o Lamp test • USB connection o Allows software upgrades o Provides access for diagnostics • Dedicated user inputs o Remote emergency stop switch o Remote 2 -wire start for transfer switch o Auxiliary shutdown • Integrated hybrid voltage regulator • Auto - resettable circuit protection mounted on circuit board • One relay output standard. Optional five relay output available. • One analog and three digital inputs standard. Optional two inputs available. NFPA 110 Requirements In order to meet NFPA 110, Level 1 requirements, the generator set controller monitors the engine /generator functions and faults shown below. • Engine functions: o Overcrank o Low coolant temperature warning o High coolant temperature warning o High coolant temperature shutdown o Low oil pressure shutdown o Low oil pressure warning o High engine speed o Low fuel (level or pressure) * o Low coolant level o EPS supplying load o High battery voltage o Low battery voltage • General functions: o Master switch not in auto o Battery charger fault * o Lamp test o Contacts for local and remote common alarm o Audible alarm silence button o Remote emergency stop * • Functions require optional input sensors or kits G6 -100 a Pushbutton /Rotary Selector Dial Annunciator Fault Light Red - Shutdown, Yellow- Warning Alarm Silence/Lamp Test Button with Light USB Connection User Interface Displays The listing below has • denoting main menus and o denoting sub - menus. • Overview o Active shutdowns and warnings (if any are present) o Engine run time, total hours o Average voltage line -to -line o Frequency o Average current o Coolant temperature o Fuel level or pressure * o Oil pressure o Battery voltage o Software version • Engine Metering o Engine speed o Oil pressure o Coolant temperature o Battery voltage • Generator Metering o Total power, VA o Total power, W o Rated power, % o Voltage, L -L and L -N for all phases o Current, L1,12, L3 o Frequency • GenSet Information o Generator set model number o Generator set serial number o Controller serial number • GenSet Run Time o Engine run time, total hours o Engine loaded, hours o Number of engine starts o Total energy, kWh • GenSet System o System voltage o System frequency, 50 or 60 Hz o System phase, single or three (wye or delta) o Power rating, kW o Amp rating o Power type, standby or prime o Measurement units, metric or English (user selectable) o Alarm silence, always or auto only • GenSet Calibration o Voltage, L -L and L -N for all phases o Current, L1, 1..2, L3 o Reset calibration • Voltage Regulation o Adjust voltage, ±10% • Digital lnputs o Input settings and status • Digital Outputs c Output settings and status • Analog Inputs o Input settings and status • Event Log o Event history (stores up to 1000 system events) • Function requires optional input sensors or kits 10/09 Page 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 Controller Features • AC Output Voltage Regulator Adjustment. The voltage adjustment provides a maximum of ±10% of the system voltage. • Alternator Protection. The controller provides generator set overload and short circuit protection matched to each alternator for the particular voltage /phase configuration. • Automatic Restart. The controller automatic restart feature initiates the start routine and recrank after a failed start attempt. • Cyclic Cranking. The controller has programmable cyclic cranking. • Engine Start Aid. The starting aid feature provides control for an optional engine starting aid. • Event Logging. The controller keeps a record (up to 1000 entries) for warning and shutdown faults. This fault information becomes a stored record of system events and can be reset. • Historical Data Logging. Total number of generator set successful starts is recorded and displayed. • Integrated Hybrid Voltage Regulator. The voltage regulator provides ±0.5% no -load to full -load regulation with three -phase sensing. • Lamp Test. Press the alarm silence /lamp test button to verify functionality of the indicator lights. • Power Metering. Controller digital display provides kW and kVA. • Programming Access (USB). Provides software upgrades and diagnostics. • Remote Reset. The remote reset function resets faults and allows restarting of the generator set without going to the master switch off /reset position. • RSA 11 Remote Monitoring Panel. The controller is compatible with the Kohler Remote Serial Annunciator (RSA II). • Run lime Hourmeter. The generator set run time is displayed. • Time Delay Engine Cooldown (TDEC). The TDEC provides a time delay before the generator set shuts down. • Time Delay Engine Start (TDES). The TDES provides a time delay before the generator set starts. Controller Functions The following chart shows which functions cause a warning or shutdown. All functions are available as relay outputs. Warning causes the fault light to show yellow and sounds the alarm horn signaling an impending problem. Shutdown causes the fault light to show red, sounds the alarm horn, and stops the generator set. • Standard functions c Available user functions * Functions require optional input sensors or kits Items included with common fault shutdown 66 -100 10/09 Page 3 Warning Function Shutdown Function Engine Functions +; 4'r"7 Critically high fuel level * o ECM communication loss • ECM diagnostics • • Engine over speed et Engine start aid active Engine under speed • Fuel tank leak * 0 0 High battery voltage • High coolant temperature • •t High fuel level * o Low battery voltage • Low coolant level • Low coolant temperature • Low cranking voltage • Low engine oil level * o 0 Low fuel level (diesel models) * 0 0 Low fuel pressure (gas models) * o Low oil pressure • •t No coolant temperature signal • No oil pressure signal • Overcrank •t Speed sensor fault • rGenerarFunctions 1:1t , • a ,; a .�r ,ra' x�.. ..t° Alarm horn silenced Analog inputs o 0 Battery charger fault * • Chicago code active * Common fault (includes t) • Common warning • Digital inputs o 0 Emergency stop •t Engine cooldown (delay) active Engine start delay active Engine started Engine stopped EPS supplying load Generator running Input/output communication loss • Internal failure • Master switch not in auto • NFPA 110 alarm active Remote start System ready Generator; Functions V-:!c• AC sensing loss • • Alternator protection • Ground fault input * • kW overload • Locked rotor • Overfrequency • Overvoltage (each phase) • Underfrequency • Undervoltage (each phase) • • Standard functions c Available user functions * Functions require optional input sensors or kits Items included with common fault shutdown 66 -100 10/09 Page 3 KOHLER CO., Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 USA Phone 920 - 565 -3381, Fax 920 -459 -1646 For the nearest sales and service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 - 544 -2444 KohlerPower.com Kohler Power Systems Asia Pacific Headquarters 7 Jurong Pier Road Singapore 619159 Phone (65) 6264 -6422, Fax (65) 6264 -6455 Controller Specifications Decision - Maker© 3000 — Software Version 1.00 or higher • Power source with circuit protection: 12- or 24 -volt DC • Power drain: 200 milliamps • Humidity range: 5% to 95% noncondensing • Operating temperature range: -40 °C to +70 °C ( -40 °F to +158 °F) • Storage temperature range: -40 °C to +85 °C ( -40 °F to +185 °F) • Standards: o CE Directive o NFPA 99 o NFPA 110, Level 1 o UL 508 o ASTM B117 (salt spray test) • Panel dimensions —W x H, 229 x 160 mm (9.0 x 6.3 in.) Availability is subject to change without notice. Kohler Co. reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Contact your local Kohler® generator set distributor for availability. Decision - Maker® 3000 Available Options ❑ Common Fault Relay provides a relay output to trip a circuit breaker or to signal the common fault shutdowns. ❑ 2 Input/5 Output Module provides a generator set mounted panel with two inputs and five relay outputs. ❑ Float/Equalize Battery Charger available with 6 or 10 amp DC volt output. The 10 amp models are available with and without NFPA alarm to signal a battery charger fault. ❑ Prime Power Switch prevents battery drain during generator set non - operation periods and when the generator set battery cannot be maintained by an AC battery charger. ❑ Remote Emergency Stop Switch available as a wall mounted panel to remotely shut down the generator set. ❑ Remote Monitoring Panel. The Kohler® Remote Serial Annunciator (RSA II) enables the operator to monitor the status of the generator set from a remote location, which may be required for NFPA 99 and NFPA 110 installations. ❑ Run Relay provides a relay indicating that the generator set is running. DISTRIBUTED BY: 0 2009 by Kohler Co., All rights reserved. G6 -100 10/09 Page 4 Industrial Generator Set Accessories KOHLERSPOWER SYSTEMS Line Circuit Breakers 20 -2250 kW 99001 ow. POVVER SYSTEMS NATIONALLY REGISTERED Single Circuit Breaker Kit with Neutral Bus Bar 20 -300 kW Model Shown Dual Circuit Breaker Kit with Neutral Bus Bar 20 -300 kW Model Shown Standard Features • The line circuit breaker interrupts the generator set output during a short circuit and protects the wiring when an overload occurs. Use the circuit breaker to manually disconnect the generator set from the load during generator set service. • Circuit breaker kits are mounted to the generator set and are available standard with load -side lugs or bus bars and neutral bus bar. • Kohler Co. offers a wide selection of molded -case line circuit breaker kits including single and dual configurations for each generator set. • Four types of line circuit breakers are available: o Magnetic trip o Thermal magnetic trip o Electronic trip o Electronic with Ground Fault Circuit Interruption (GFCI) trip • In addition, line circuit breakers are offered with 80% and 100% ratings (thermal magnetic available only in 80% rating). • Single line circuit breaker kits allow circuit protection of the entire electrical system load. • Dual line circuit breaker kits allow circuit protection . of selected priority loads from the remaining electrical system load. • Line circuit breakers comply with the following codes and standards unless otherwise stated. o UL 489 Molded Case Circuit Breakers o UL 1077 Supplementary Protectors o UL 2200 Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies G6 -88 4/10c Line Circuit Breaker Types Ground fault trip units are an integral part of the circuit breaker and are not available as field- installable kits. The ground fault pickup switch sets the current level at which the circuit breaker will trip after the ground fault delay. Ground fault pickup values are based on circuit breaker sensor plug only and not on the rating plug multiplier. Changing the rating plug multiplier has no effect on the ground fault pickup values. Magnetic Trip The magnetic trip features an electromagnet in series with the load contacts and a moveable armature to activate the trip mechanism. When a sudden and excessive current such as a short circuit occurs, the electromagnet attracts the armature resulting in an instantaneous trip (UL 1077 circuit breakers). Thermal Magnetic Trip Thermal magnetic trip contains a thermal portion with a bimetallic strip that reacts to the heat produced from the load current. Excessive current causes it to bend sufficiently to trip the mechanism. The trip delay is dependant on the duration and excess of the overload current. Elements are factory- calibrated. A combination of both thermal and magnetic features allows a delayed trip on an overload and an instantaneous trip on a short circuit condition. Electronic Trip These line circuit breakers use electronic controls and miniature current transformers to monitor electrical currents and trip when preset limits are exceeded. Electronic with Ground Fault Trip The ground fault trip feature is commonly referred to as Ground Fault Circuit Interruption (GFCI). Models with GFCI compare current flow in phase and neutral lines, and trip when current unbalance exists. 80% Rated Circuit Breaker Most molded -case circuit breakers are 80% rated devices. An 80% rated circuit breaker can only be applied at 80% of its rating for continuous loads as defined by NFPA 70. Circuit conductors used with 80% rated circuit breakers are required to be rated for 100% of the circuit breaker's rating. The 80% rated circuit breakers are typically at a lower cost than the 100% rated circuit breaker but load growth is limited. 100% Rated Circuit Breaker Applications where all UL and NEC restrictions are met can use 100% rated circuit breakers where 100% rated circuits can carry 100% of the circuit breaker and conductor current rating. The 100% rated circuit breakers are typically at a higher cost than the 80% rated circuit breaker but have load growth possibilities. When applying 100% rated circuit breakers, comply with the various restrictions including UL Standard 489 and NEC Section 210. If any of the 100% rated circuit breaker restrictions are not met, the circuit breaker becomes an 80% rated circuit breaker. Accessories ❑ Neutral Lugs Various neutral lug sizes are available to accommodate multiple cable sizes for connection to the bus bar only. ❑ Alarm Switch The alarm switch indicates that the circuit breaker is in a tripped position caused by an overload, short circuit, ground fault, the operation of the shunt trip, an undervoltage trip, or the push -to- trip pushbutton. The alarm resets when the circuit breaker is reset. ❑ Auxiliary Contacts These switches send a signal indicating whether the main circuit breaker contacts are in the open or closed position. ❑ Bus Bars (units without circuit breakers installed) Bus bar kits are available on alternators with leads for connection to the generator set when circuit breakers are not ordered. Bus bar kits offer a convenient way to connect load leads to the generator set when a circuit breaker is not present. ❑ Ground Fault Annunciation A relay contact for customer connection indicates a ground fault condition and is part of a ground fault alarm. ❑ Lockout Device (padlock attachment) This field - installable handle padlock attachment is available for manually operated circuit breakers. The attachment can accommodate three padlocks and will lock the circuit breaker in the OFF position only. ❑ Overcurrent Trip Switch The overcurrent trip switch indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to overload, ground fault, or short circuit and returns to the deenergized state when the circuit breaker is reset. ❑ Undervoltage Trip, 12 VDC or 24 VDC The undervoltage trips the circuit breaker when the control voltage drops below the preset threshold of 35 % -70% of the rated voltage. ❑ Shunt Trip, 12 VDC or 24 VDC A shunt trip option provides a solenoid within the circuit breaker case that, when momentarily energized from a remote source, activates the trip mechanism. This feature allows the circuit breaker to be tripped by customer - selected faults such as alternator overload or overspeed. The circuit breaker must be reset locally after being tripped. Tripping has priority over manual or motor operator closing. ❑ Shunt Trip Wiring Connects the shunt trip to the generator set controller. G6 -88 4/10c 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Line Circuit Breaker Specifications 80% Rating Circuit Breaker Gen. Set kW Alt. Model Ampere Range Trip Type C. B. Frame Style 20 -60 4P /4Q 30 -100 Magnetic, UL 1077 E (480 V max.) Magnetic, UL 1077 with 12 V shunt trip Magnetic, UL 1077 with 24 V shunt trip 15 -150 Thermal magnetic H 175 -250 Thermal magnetic J 60-180 4S /4V 30 -100 Magnetic, UL 1077 E (480 V max.) Magnetic, UL 1077 with 12 V shunt trip Magnetic, UL 1077 with 24 V shunt trip 15 -150 Thermal magnetic H 175 -250 Thermal magnetic J 300 -400 Thermal magnetic L 600 Electronic D Electronic GFCI 700 -800 Thermal magnetic M 800 Electronic P 800 Electronic GFCI 200 -300 4UA 15 -150 Thermal magnetic H 175 -250 Thermal magnetic J 300 -400 Thermal magnetic L 600 Electronic D Electronic GFCI 700 -800 Thermal magnetic M 1000 -1200 Thermal magnetic P 800 -1200 Electronic P 800 -1200 Electronic GFCI 350 -900 (small ext. box) (no 5M4044) 4M/5M w/leads 300 -400 Thermal magnetic L 600 Electronic D Electronic GFCI 700 -800 Thermal magnetic M 1000 -1200 Thermal magnetic P 800 -1200 Electronic P Electronic GFCI 350 -900 (large ext. box) (no 5M4044) *t 4M /5M w/leads 1600 -2500 Thermal magnetic R Electronic Electronic GFCI 1000- 2250 and 900 kW with 5M4044 (large ext. box) *$ 5Mf7M w/bus bars 1200 -2500 Thermal magnetic R Electronic Electronic GFCI 100% Rating Circuit Breaker Gen. Set kW Alt. Model Ampere Range Trip Type C. B. Frame Style 20 -60 4P /4Q 150 -400 Electronic D Electronic GFCI 60-180 4S /4V 150 -400 Electronic D Electronic GFCI 600-800 Electronic P Electronic GFCI 200 -300 4UA 150 -400 Electronic D Electronic GFCI 600 -1200 Electronic P Electronic GFCI 350 -900 (small ext. box) (no 5M4044) 4M /5M w/leads 150 -400 Electronic D Electronic GFCI 600-1200 Electronic P Electronic GFCI 350 -900 (large ext. box) (no 5M4044) *1 4M/5M w/leads 1600 -2500 Electronic R Electronic GFCI 3000 Electronic NW Electronic GFCI 1000- 2250 and 900 kW with 5M4044 (large ext. box) 5M/7M w/bus bars 1200 -2500 Electronic R Electronic GFCI 3000 Electronic NW Electronic GFCI Circuit Breaker Lugs Per Phase (AI /Cu) Frame Size Ampere Range Wire Range E (480 V max.) 30-100 Up to two wire terminals fitting 10 -32 or 1/4 -20 stud H 15 -150 One #14 to 3/0 J 175 One 1/0 to 4/0 200 -250 One 3/0 to 350 kcmil L 300 -400 One #1 to 600 kcmil Al D 150 -400 One #2 to 500 kcmil Al One #2 to 600 kcmil Cu 600 Two 2/0 to 500 kcmil Al Two 2/0 to 350 kcmil Cu M 700 -800 Three 3/0 to 500 kcmil P 600 -800 Three 3/0 to 500 kcmil 1000 -1200 Four 3/0 to 500 kcmil R 1600 -2500 (8) lugs per phase rated for (1) #4 -600 kcmil or (2) 1/0 -250 kcmil NW 3000 * Available as front or rear facing circuit breaker on junction box. Front facing circuit breakers are not available on the 600- 2000REOZM, 600- 2000REOZMB, and 400- 800RZW models t Front facing circuit breakers for 450 /500REOZVB models are available for units with standard air cleaner and not with heavy -duty air cleaner. The 5M4044 is a 4 -bus alternator and has bus -type mounting. G6 -88 4/10c 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 KOHLER CO., Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 USA Phone 920 - 565 -3381, Fax 920- 459 -1646 For the nearest sales and service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 - 544 -2444 KohlerPower.com Kohler Power Systems Asia Pacific Headquarters 7 Jurong Pier Road Singapore 619159 Phone (65) 6264 -6422, Fax (65) 6264 -6455 Line Circuit Breaker Applications Single Circuit Breaker Installations A generator set with a single circuit breaker installed typically feeds a single transfer switch and then a distribution panel. This allows protection of the entire system. To Remaining Building Loads Single line circuit breaker configuration where circuit breaker trip can trip causing all power to building loads including priority load to be disrupted. To Priority Load(s) Dual Circuit Breaker Combinations Alternator Model First C. B. Frame Size Second C. B. Frame Size Comments 4P /4Q /4S/ 4V/4UA H — 100% rating, no GFCI J — H, J, L, or D 4S /4V /4UA L — H, J, L, or D 4P /4Q /4S/ 4V /4UA D _ 100% rating, standard or GFCI 4S /4V /4UA M — 100% rating, no GFCI P — 100% rating, standard or GFCI 4P /4Q /4S/ 4V /4UA H H J H or J 4S /4V /4UA L H, J, or L 4P /4Q/ 4S /4V D H, J, L, or D 100% rating, no GFCI 4UA D H, J, L, or D Primary or sec. available as 100% rating, std. or GFCI Availability is subject to change without notice. Kohler Co. reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Contact your local Kohler® generator set distributor for availability. Dual Circuit Breaker Installations A generator set with dual circuit breakers installed is used to segregate critical Toads. Typically, one circuit breaker will feed a main transfer switch with noncritical loads and the other circuit breaker will feed a second transfer switch that feeds critical loads. First Second Line C.B. Line C.B. Distribution Panel z$� To Remaining Building Loads Dual line circuit breaker configuration where first circuit breaker can trip allowing second circuit breaker to continue supplying power to priority load(s). To Priority Load(s) Alternator Model First C. B. Frame Size Second C. B. Frame Size Comments 4S /4V M H, J, L, or D 100% rating, no GFCI 4UA M H, J, L, or D D available as GFCI 4S /4V P H, J, L, or D 100% rating, no GFCI 4UA P H, J, L, or D P and /or D available as GFCI P P 100% rating, no GFCI 4M /5M/7M All — Dual circuit breaker configurations available as Engineered Specials DISTRIBUTED BY: 2007, 2010 by Kohler Co. All rights reserved. G6-88 4/100 1 Industrial Generator Set Accessories KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 System Batteries 09001 NATIONALLY REGISTERED Typical Overall Dimensions Standard Features • Kohler Co. selects batteries to meet the engine manufacturer's specifications and to comply with NFPA requirements for engine- cranking cycles. • Heavy -duty starting batteries are the most cost - effective means of engine cranking and provide excellent reliability in generator set applications. • Batteries are rated according to SAE standard J -537. All batteries are 12 -volt and have lead- calcium or lead - antimony plates with sulfuric acid electrolyte. • Most generator set battery kits offer dry- charged or wet- charged batteries. • Tough polypropylene cases protect against life- shortening vibration and impact damage. • Removable cell covers allow checking of electrolyte specific gravity. Battery SAE Dimension, mm (in.) Charge Type* Voltage Fuel Battery Part Number Battery Qty. per Kit BCI Group Size L W H Cold Cranking Amps at -18 °C (0 °F) Min. Reserve Capacity Minutes at 27 °C (80 °F) Min. Battery Post Layout and Style Wet 324586 1 31 330.2 (13.0) 173.0 (6.8) 239.8 (9.4) 950 185 B/2 Battery Specifications A B C 4a 3D 0 @ 31 .0 24F 0 0 Battery Post Layoute A—C and.Stytee 1 -2 Posdive, 17.48 dia. Negative. 15.88 dia 15.88 height 1:8 taper 3/8 -18 UNO_2A thread Notes: Dimensions are in mm; 25.4 mm equate 1 inch. SCI group numbers shown in da5ca Order stud kit 254427 to convert from Style 210 Style 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Industrial Generator Set Accessories KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS Float/Equalize Battery Charger Battery Charger X9001 vir NATIONAttY REGISTERED Saecifications Standard Features • 12 VDC output. • Use two battery chargers for 24 -volt electrical systems • Automatic 3 -stage float/equalize battery charger • Charges both lead -acid and gel -cell type batteries • Indicator lamps: red and green LEDs indicate bulk charge, absorption, and float charge stages • Durable potted assembly for full waterproofing and shockproofing • Reverse - polarity protection • Short- circuit protection • UL 1236 listed • UL 2200 compliant • UL 991 compliant for vibration and shock • UL listed to Canadian safety standards • UL rated inline fuse • FCC Class B- compliant for EMI /RFI (Date code 8/26/04 or later) • 1 -year warranty • Easy installation: • Integral mounting flanges • Ring terminals for battery connection • Standard US style 3 -prong AC plug Battery Charger Kit GM28569 -KA1 Input Voltage 90 -135 VAC Input Frequency 50/60 Hz DC Output: Bulk 11.8 -14.0 VDC @ 5.0 -6.0 amps DC Output: Absorption 14.0 -14.5 VDC @ 1.5 -5.0 amps DC Output: Float 13.3 -14.5 VDC @ 0.1 -1.5 amps Steady Full-Load Output Current 6 amps Current Limit 7 amps Output Power Limit 70 +2/ -5 watts Line Regulation Across Input Voltage Range 0.01 Isolation, Input to Output 2500 V Dimensions (L x W x D) 164 x 87 x 53 mm (6.4 x 3.5 x 2.1 in) Weight 1.6 kg (3.5 Ib.) Temperature Range, Operating and Storage --40 °C to 70 °C ( -40 °F to 158 °F) Humidity 0 to 100% (condensing) Float/Equalize Battery Charger, continued Battery Connections Lead Length 1.2 m (4 ft.) Battery Connections 9.5 mm (3/8 in.) ring terminals AC Power Connections Lead Length 1.8 m (6 ft.) Connection Standard US style 3 -prong AC plug Shipping Information Carton Size 254 x 152 x 89 mm (10 x 6 x 3.5 in.) Shipping Weight 1.8 kg (4 Ib.) Charging Curves. 4_5 4 9.5 8 25 2 1.5 CC Anps QS 01 1 Industrial Generator Set Accessories Weather Enclosure KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS with Lift Base IPackage 1 N9001 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r NATIONALLY REGISTERED cgrIN a • t la. a 3 Weather Enclosure Standard Features • Internal- mounted critical silencer and flexible exhaust connector. • Lift base - mounted or tank mounted steel construction with hinged doors. • Fade -, scratch -, and corrosion- resistant Kohler® cream beige and black powder -baked finish. • Lockable, flush - mounted door latches. • Vertical air inlet and outlet hoods with 90 degree angles to redirect air and reduce noise. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Weather Enclosure with Lift Base Package, continued Fade -, scratch-, and oorroaon— resistant powder- batted finish Afternatar access panel H■ged doors todcabla flush- Enclosed exhaust slicer Vertical air for ease of mowed door lathes for inproved safety wd discharge trough servicing lumen* tampering rase reduction an air ode, grille ht ara 111111811111111811611/1111 r r a OARS • irrrralhr.a *SS aaaaaa8 Rodent guards and skid end caps prevent unwanted entreat entry 11 crC lira• n a namsasssr >*rss ass ss■ e Rxed air U3 drain Acoustic insulation now Intel andradrator meeting U1,94HFt gibe drains tianunsbily classifi on Note: 20- 8OREOZJC models shown. other models ate Moller. Refer to the respective ADV drawings for dotalis. ADv442e• Weather Enclosure Features • Available in steel (14 gauge) formed panel, solid construction. Preassembled package offering dent resilient structure mounting directly to lift base or fuel tank. • Powder -baked paint. Superior finish, durability, and appearance. • Internal critical exhaust silencer offering maximum component life and operator safety. • Interchangeable modular panel construction. Allows complete serviceability or replacement without compromising enclosure design. • Cooling /combustion air intake with a horizontal air inlet. Sized for maximum cooling airflow. • Service access. Multi- personnel doors for easy access to generator set control and servicing of the fuel fill, fuel gauge, oil fill and battery. • Cooling air discharge. Weather protective design featuring vertical air discharge. Exhausts air through a punched air outlet grille. Fuel Est. Fuel Length Max. Enclosur Enclosur Enclosur Enclosur Fuel Sound Max. Weight, Tank Capacity, L (gal.) Supply Hours at 60 Hz with Full Load (B), mm (in.) Width, mm (in.) e and Fuel Tank Length, mm (in.) e and Fuel Tank Width, mm (in.) e and Fuel Tank Weight, kg (Ib.) e and Fuel Tank Height, mm (in.) Tank Height (H), mm (in.) Pressure at 7m (23ft.), dB(A) Height, mm (in.) kg (Ib.) Lift base 0 3532 1153 1860 1753 (69) 0 (0) (139.0) (45.4) (4101) NS MIS INS NM NS NM 111111 1•11 NM IMO UM NEI NM NM MI NI 11111 NM MB 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 KOHLER. POWER SYSTEMS TIB -102 TECHNICAL INFORMATION BULLETIN Alternator Model: Frequency: Speed: Leads: Alternator Data Sheet 4S13 60 Hz 1800 RPM 12 (6 Lead, 600 Volt) Voltage L -N /L -L Phase Power Factor Connection kW* (kVA) Class B Class F Class H 80 °C Continuous 90 °C Lloyds 95 °C ABS 105 °C Continuous 130 °C Standby 125 °C Continuous 150 °C Standby 139/240 142.0 149.0 152.0 159.0 175.0 172.0 180.0 277/480 3 0.8 Wye (177.5) (186.3) (190.0) (198.8) (218.8) (215.0) (225.0) 127/220 136.5 144.0 147.5 154.0 169.0 166.0 172.5 254/440 3 0.8 Wye (170.6) (180.0) (184.4) (192.5) (211.3) (207.5) (215.6) 120/208 131.0 139.0 143.0 149.0 163.0 160.0 165.0 240/416 3 0.8 Wye (163.8) (173.8) (178.8) (186.3) (203.8) (200.0) (206.3) 110/190 126.0 132.0 136.0 140.0 148.0 147.0 150.0 220/380 3 0.8 Wye (157.5) (165.0) (170.0) (175.0) (185.0) (183.8) (187.5) 120/240 3 0.8 Delta 128.0 (160.0) 136.0 (170.0) 140.0 (175.0) 146.0 (182.5) 160.0 (200.0) 157.0 (196.3) 160.0 (200.0) 120/240 1 1.0 Dogleg 78.0 (78.0) 83.0 (83.0) 86.0 (86.0) 91.0 (91.0) 101.0 (101.0) 100.0 (100.0) 101.0 (101.0) 120/240 1 0.8 Dogleg 58.0 (72.5) 62.0 (77.5) 64.0 (80.0) 68.0 (85.0) 76.0 (95.0) 75.0 (93.8) 76.0 (95.0) 347/600 3 0.8 Wye 142.0 (177.5) 149.0 (186.3) 152.0 (190.0) 159.0 (198.8) 175.0 (218.8) 172.0 (215.0) 180.0 (225.0) All data tested in accordance with IEEE Standard 115. Kohler Co. reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Submittal Data: 139/240 Volts, 0.8 PF, 1800 RPM, 60 Hz, 3- Phase, 130°C Rise Symbol Per Unit Ohms Typical Resistances Phase Resistance Rotor Resistance Typical Reactances Synchronous Direct Quadrature Transient Unsaturated Saturated Subtransient Direct Quadrature Negative Sequence Zero Sequence 0.030 7.671 Xd 3.936 Xq 1.940 X'du 0.384 X'd 0.338 X °d X °q X2 Xo 0.110 0.111 0.010 0.010 Typical Time Constants 0.008 Armature Short Circuit 2.020 Transient Short Circuit Transient Open Circuit Typical Field Current 1.036 Full Load 0.511 No Load Typical Short Circuit Ratio Harmonic Distortion RMS Total Harmonic Distortion Max. Single Harmonic Deviation Factor (No Load, L -L) Telephone Influence Factor Insulation Material Class per NEMA MG1 -1.66 Phase Rotation 0.101 0.089 0.029 0.029 0.029 0.003 Symbol Value Ta 0.010 Sec. T'd 0.140 sec. T'do 1.640 sec. IfFL IfNL 30.5 amps 7.51 amps 0.334 2.5% 5th 3.7% <50 H ABC TIB -102 4S13 60 Hz 4/09k 1 % Voltage Dip 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 100 200 300 Locked Rotor kVA 4S13, 60 Hz, 139/240, 277/480 Volts, Wye TYPICAL ALTERNATOR EFFICIENCY* 0 20 40 60 80 180 100 Output (kW) 120 4513, 60 Hz, 139/240, 277/480 Volts, Wye TYPICAL MOTOR STARTING CHARACTERISTICS* 140 160 400 500 600 * All data tested in accordance with IEEE Standard 115. Kohler Co. reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. 2 4S13 60 liz 4/09k T1B-102 Time, Seconds 1000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 4S13, 60 Hz, Low Wye or Delta Connection SHORT CIRCUIT DECREMENT CURVE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 s 1 1 • 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 e a a 1 a 10 100 Armature Current, Amps Alternator Damage Curve Line -to -Line 1 Phase 1000 3 Phase Symmetrical 10000 rozon 1,1 Line -to- Neutral 1 Phase TIB -102 4S13 60 Hz 4 /09k 3 Time, Seconds 1000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 4S13, 60 Hz, High Wye Connection SHORT CIRCUIT DECREMENT CURVE i 11 1 1 a 1 1 11 t • a 1 1 1 r 1 • 1 t 1 i 1 1 I ■ it 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 a 1 ■ 1 a 1 10 100 Armature Current, Amps Altemator Damage Curve Line -to -Line 1 Phase 1000 3 Phase Symmetrical 10000 aM• m Line -to- Neutral 1 Phase 4 4513 60 Hz 4109k TIB -102 Time, Seconds 1000 100 10 0.1 0.01 4S13, 60 Hz, 600 V Connection SHORT CIRCUIT DECREMENT CURVE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ■ a J1 1 1 • • 1 1 1 1 i • 1 1 • 1 1 1 a 1 ti • 1 1 • 1 1 a r 10 100 Armature Current, Amps Alternator Damage Curve Line -to -Line 1 Phase 1000 3 Phase Symmetrical 10000 — in Line -to- Neutral 1 Phase TIB -102 4S13 60 Hz 4/09k 5 W Q 2 J 2 V) o) c L `V 0 (13 c O .♦ ) c 0 E a r - r ■w - - - - - - r - - • - ■•1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F C TO TRA 202 7 OPTIONAL BATTERY 5 GENSET WEIGHT (WET) J L J J.1 � JJU.0 KG 392 1 LBS] 24V BATTERY LOCATION E GENSETS [15.4] 1 [3300 12V BATTERY LOCATION ° ° / ///// /I Lou, c 0 0 L d / O o // 0 o M M OPTIONAL o SUGGESTED LOCATION FOR FUEL INLET AND RETURN FLEXIBLE FUEL LINE: 3/8 N.P.T. (MALE) NOTE: FLEXIBLE FUEL LINE MUST REACH THE FLOOR AT REAR FACE OF BLOCK AND SUBBASE TANK FITTINGS. DEC 550 CONTROLLE 4. 460 [18.1] 885 [34.8] OIL DRAIN 995 [39.2] FUEL INLET 1412 [55.6] (4S15) 1366 [5308] (4SII 8 4SI3) (CENTER OF BALANCE) IMPROVED .MOTOR 226 DEC 3000 CONTROLLER CO CV CD DEC3000 CONTROLLER VIEW [8.9] 670 [26.4] ul CD -1 f� CO 38 [1.5] O mom 11.ii — oIleAl ∎' ∎,1■: ∎'∎ Iii —.=11 I111111RI —i_i —N — .fig_I..n Imo — ∎1∎ 1∎ 1 111 'Rai_I.I_'.__ — M. INN NMI= MO I ION M.IIIIIII 'MI -- ∎,∎.MCI = ∎'■ ∎�� awommwommommemmenTmemom o 125 MODEL 4S1l, 4513 150 MODEL, 4S13, 4S15, RECONNECTABLE, STARTING (IMS). RECONNECTABLE & 600V ALTERNATOR JOHN DEERE 8 7 6 5 1 4 1045 [41.1] 1120 [44.1] 0 j INSTALLATION NOTE IF SUBASE FUEL TANK AND /OR SOUND HOUSING IS USED, REFER TO SUBBASE FUEL TANK DRAWING TO DETERMINE MOUNTING LOCATIONS MODEL GENSET WEIGHT (WET) 125/150 4SI1, 4SI3 1430 KG [3150 LBS] 150 4515 1500 KG [3300 LBS] NOTES DIMENSIONS IN [ ] IF AN ENCLOUSURE MUST BE STUBBED U UNDER THE UNIT OR THE END OF THE SK ADV. IF IBC CERTIFICAT SEISMIC ADV FOR I ARE INCH EOUIVALENTS IS USED THE FUEL LINE P FROM DIRECTLY BROUGHT IN FROM ID. REFER TO ENCLOSURE ION IS REOIURED SEE NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. REV A DATE II -6-09 3 -30-10 OM COMPOSITE DUGS, SEE PART N0. FOR REVISION LEVEL NEW DRAWING (87805 -91 10.61 FUEL RETURN LOCATION COMBINED WITH FUEL INLET LOCATION. FLEXIBLE FUEL LINE LOCATION INCREASED IN SIZE AND RELOCATED. (0-4) 550.0 ENCLOSED DIM ADDED. IA-4) DESCRIPTION UPDATED. (89099] BY ifLDl 0IS 0IS IA*R SPECIFIED I 0IEIS MRS II IOLEIANEES AK: 1.11 f 0.25 GFR 1.1 ! 1.5 SURFACE Elitism ANGLES ± 0' 30' /� v� YAI, W ACIiMI 00 _ V Ittl DATE DIMENSION PRINT, 125 -150 MODEL KOHLER CO METRIC PRO-E POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, WI 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. APPROVALS Nul MRS 11 6 09 uul 0.10 cu W. l" "" MRS 11 6 09 wlorts JZ 11 -6 -09 2 (MOI of 2 ADV -7734 4 �\ ENGINE EXHAUST OUTLET CL 1- W CC J LJ L< 125 MODEL 4S11, 4513 150 MODEL, 4513, 4515, RECONNECTABLE, IMPROVED MOTOR STARTING MI, RECONNECTABLE & 600V ALTERNATOR JOHN DEERE DETAIL A SCALE 0.750 REV A DATE 11 -6-09 3-30 -10 ON COMPOSITE DIGS. SEE PART N0. FOR REVISION LEVEL NEW DRAWING (87805 -91 05 MRS SEE SHEET 1 OF 2. [89099) GFR LIDLESS 0114111S[ SPECIFIED • 11 DINEMSI0NS ARE IN MILLIN TIRS 21 TOLERANCES AR: LII t 0.25 II. [ 1 1.5 SOOTACE 0101500 ANGLES t 0' 30' MAI. [[ [MN[ (§)-- �J MDACI�O° `APPROVALS DATE ° MRS 11 -6-09 [c[rt[ MRS 1 11 6 09 .rrAO.[s J Z I 11 -6 -09 KOHLER CO METRIC 1 PRO-E POWER SYSTEMS. KOHLER. WI 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST MOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. DIMENSION PRINT, 125 -150 MODEL un[ 0.13I[u O F2 of 2 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 ADV -7734 D C 8 4 149.3 [5.88] 854 [33.6] 419 [16.5] wow wow law iv./— um. ma — ! IME 104 MANNININIMNE1111 MINIM --- I_ MN NM ■E■ Iu■ ■ ■•■ !!■ Mill ■■■ II■■■•■ i■■ �uii■■■ N V N LCS 1 400 [15.8] 165 [6.5] 320 [12.6] 790 [31.1] 0 6" ANSI FLANGE (B16.5 CLASS 150) 8X 022.2 [.88] EQUALLY SPACED ON 0241.3 [9.5] B.C. BATTERY CHARGER #2 CONNCET TO BATTERY #2 (24 VOLT SYSTEM ONLY) 90 -135V AC POWER CORD 1829 [72.0] LENGTH BATTRY CHARGER #1 CONNECT TO BATTERY #1 (12V 8 24V SYSTEM) 125-150 JOHN DEERE 90 -135V AC POWER CORD 1829 [72.0] LENGTH DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE INCH EQUIVALENTS REV A DATE 11 -6 -09 3-30-10 ON COMPOSITE DIGS, SEE PART NO FOR REVISION LEVEL NEW DRAWING (81805-91 1C,D -2,31 FLEXIBLE EXHAUST: 6' ANSI FLANGE WAS 6' NPT. AND TOP VIEW ADDED. IC -41 1796 WAS 1853 1890997 By 0LLC55 004011SE PEE 1/1E0 • 11 011E1310115 AIE 11 HILL GUESS MRS :1 TOLEIAKES AIE: 0.00 t 0.25 GFR +.0 i I,5 MICE 111100 ANGLES t C 30' HAS. wagg 0--E3 APPROVALS MRS w.n DATE II 6 09 KOHLER CQ I METRIC 1 PRO-E POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, WI 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. DIMENSION PRINT, ACCESSORIES Iw CAICAt1 MRS 11 6 09 scut D. 10 nl of 1 AIIMORD 3z 11 -6-09 8 6 5 4 3 2 ADV -7841 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 O 0 O 0 O 0 0 O 0 o o �i ,./i DC) Q 1 -- - O D9c,.oH4wa► m o 0 0 0 U 1 10.25 [260] 9.52 [242] N (0 u N N N O IMEMIL O m 0 O 0 O 0 4 LOWER MOUNT CONTROLLER UPPER MOUNT CONTROLLER DECISION -MAKER 3000 20 -275 KW SIDE MOUNTED CONTROL BOX 6.44 [164] 5.66 [144] n 4 -14-09 (A-5) DECHAM -WlQR 3000 AHO SHEET 7 ADDED (87351) iw UM= 00KIIIVME m a 2 av4ni0c Ao a t 7- r¢ 4MC1p101: KOHLER CQ POWER SYSlEHS. =KM 111 53044 USA w6 ltlelq 5 0 551. 5 m404 Ca 4i 155 HO t 0➢D Ole.' • 55 111111 EL A0. 5553 Kclaw 0l1551w1555553 A1/ROVA43 DMZ mow PLD KDW '^O1° .w¢ 4-14-09 4-14-09 4-14-09 DIMENSION PRINT °" 1/2 �-O AW59490.0110 I"" 7 -7 ROIL 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 ADV -5849 1 D D C B A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 [15.2] MOBOSISMOO OMDMMEMMUM suunnau allumfammun W..id:EMEME ■■■ ■■■■■■■ nummum Munsus :...MEMO.■ mmummuss SMOOMOMOMM MSEMMOMEMM MOMOMMOJMO SOMIIMMOVOM CY CC 000 N 45 AIR DISCHARGE MODEL ENCLOSURE WEIGHT KG ILBSI STEEL WEATHER 340 [750] STEEL SOUND 363 [800] ALUMINUM SOUND 227 [5001 NOTE I. TANK (IF OREDERED) MOUNTS BELOW SKID 2. TANK MAY EXTEND BEYOND ENCLOSURE (DISCHARGE END ONLY) D C c -E; B AIR INLET 860 [33.] DOOR OPEN9ING ENGINE EXHAUST Q[: *E••••••■••••■••••■ ■•.•..•••..EEEEME•• 0■ M.■ \■1.E. ■■■E.E Mad 11-:.:11...:.. �: :M■ •II MWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWIN :::.I::■wM.:.ww ..4 fV 0 0 CC 0 0 305 [12.0] O 1632 [64.3] (COB) 2065 [81.3] OIL DRAIN 2185 [86.0] *1935 [76.2] 2843 [111.9] OP- 1153 [45 4] 1045 [41.1] 1120 [44.1] 3532 [139.0] • �M 40 at 1 1 MMUCiat ■MEMMEMMEMMMEOMMR 1EUUM■UEUUMEEMMMOMO ■MEEEEEEEEEEEEEMOMO IIIIMMEMMEMOMMU MOMMEGI surnames E.E..E.E■ u ■EEEEEEEEEEMEEMMMMM .................E MEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE o o 2130 [83.9] ■ *1635 [64.4] 3500 [137.8] _ DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE INCH EOUIVALENTS (.) DESIGNATES I25KW 4045HF ENGINE 530 [20.9] *765 [30.1] A A 125 -150 JOHN DEERE REV DATE ON COMPOSITE DUGS, SEE PART N0. FOR REVISION LEVEL BY - 11 -5 -09 NEW DRAWING [81805 -91 MRS A 3 -9.10 IC-4) NOTE ADDED 1891911 PKD UNLESS 014211SE SKEIf1E1 11 0144108 A4 IN 11111141(13 21 TO IAIICES AM: 1.11 * 0.25 1 * 1.5 S01110E (10100 ANGLES * 0' 30. MAS. KOHLER co I METRIC I PRO-E POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, WI 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. APPROVALS DATE "° MRS 11 5 09 °4"" MRS II 5 09 "'•"I• ALC 11 -5 -09 DIMENSION PRINT KALI MOW 0.071mo. ADV -7825 1NQ111 of 1 ID 8 I 7 6 5 4 3 2 D C --0 B A 1 \._. DC POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH RSA: IF MULTIPLE RSA'S ARE USED, RESIZE POWER WIRES AS REQUIRED. RSA1000: 12/24 VOLT, 200mA DC POWER RSA II: 12/24 VOLT, 1A DC POWER 0 -450 FT. [0 -138 m], 2 WIRES, 22 GA. 450 -700 FT. [ 138 -214 m], 20 GA. 700 -1125 FT. [214 -344 m], 18 GA. 1125 -1800 FT. [344 -550 m], 16 GA. 1800 -2800 FT. [550 -856 m], 14 GA. (SEE NOTE 4) .— r L RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (MASTER) RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) L_ RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) RS -485 ( MODBUS RTU) (SEE NOTE 5) - J (SEE SHEET 2 WHEN USED WITH AN ETHERNET NETWORK) L - ON 16 LIGHT CONTROLLER, CONNECT TO P21, ON 550 CONTROLLER, CONNECT TO P20, ON 3000 `CONTROLLER, CONNECT TO P21 GENSET CONTROLLER 16 -LIGHT COMM MODULE (GM32644 -KA1 OR -KP1) 16 -LIGHT ONLY (REQUIRES RED MAIN LOGIC BOARD GM28725) 2 WIRES OPTIONAL REMOTE E -STOP 18 -20 GA. L_ RS -485 (MODBUS RTU) (SEE NOTE 5) RSA II WITH ATS OPTION RS -485 TO ATS REQUIRED DC VOLTAGE FROM GENERATOR BATTERY REV DATE REVISION BT C 10-07 -05 (0-4) SEE NOTE 4 ADDED: (C -5) SEE NOTE 5 WAS BELDEN 9841: (A -3) EPS SUPPLYING LOAD NOTE UPDATED, NOTE 5 ADDED: (A -1) G1141145 WAS GM34474, SHEET 1 -2 WAS 1 -1; (13-4) TLC SLAVES ADDED; (D-4) DC POWER NOTED UPDATED [76324] 1L.K D 7 -20-09 DRAWING COMPLETELY REVISED TO ADD RSA II [88082] TLX E 9 -29-09 SEE SHEET 2 [88437] TLC F 12 -01 -09 (C -3) 3000 CONTROLLER ADDED TO NOTE [88773] TLC 1' 2 WIRES 10 GA. MINIMUM 16- LIGHT: 4 WIRES 18 -20 GA. 550: 2 WIRES 18 -20 GA. BATTERY CHARGER ALARMS 2 WIRES 18 -20 GA. ENGINE START WIRES BATTERY CHARGER (10A) W /FAU LT ALARMS GENERATOR SET OUTLINE L_ NOTES: 1. TYPICAL CUSTOMER WIRING SHOWN DASHED. 2. CUSTOMER RESPONSIBLE FOR ADDITIONAL WIRING SHOWN IF COMPONENTS ARE SHIPPED LOOSE (BATTERY CHARGER, DRY - CONTACT BOX, ETC.) 3. IF BATTERY CHARGER IS SHIPPED LOOSE ADDITIONAL WIRES MAY BE REQUIRED FOR PROPER VOLTAGE SENSING. REFERENCE DRAWING ADV -5971 FOR INTERCONNECT. 4. DC VOLTAGE FOR EACH RSA REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR MAY ALSO BE SUPPLIED BY A LOCALLY MOUNTED 12 OR 24 VDC, 200 mA MIN., AC ADAPTER FOR RSA1000 OR AC ADAPTER KIT (GM62466 -KP1) FOR RSA II. 5. USE BELDEN #9841 OR EQUIVALENT. MAXIMUM DISTANCE = 4000 FT. [1219 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH (ATS) TO POSITION CONTACTS (CLOSED IN EMERGENCY) BATTERY POSITIVE CONNECTION BATTERY NEGATIVE CONNECTION 3 WIRES (INCLUDING GROUND) SIZED AS REQUIRED BLOCK HEATER TO CUSTOMER'S 15 -AMP OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE /DISCONNECT DEVICE. BATTERY CHARGER VOLTAGE IS 120VAC STANDARD. CAN BE REWIRED FOR 240VAC (SEE DRAWING ADV -5971 OR TT -680 INSTRUCTION). SOURCE TO BE INDEPENDENT OF GENERATOR. RSA1000 / RSA II WITHOUT ATS OPTION 16 -LIGHT ONLY: EPS SUPPLYING LOAD INDICATION VIA TWO 14 -20 GA. WIR CONNECT TO EITHER 16 -LIGHT COMM. MODULE BOARD OR RSA. USE CONNECTION TO 16 -LIGHT COMM. MODULE BOARD WHEN RSA IS CONNECTED VIA NETWORK. 550 ONLY: THIS CONNECTION IS NOT USED. EPS SUPPLYING LOAD INDICATION VIA RS -485 FROM GENSET CONTROLLER. m] INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM CONTROLLER WITH RSA ANNUNCIATOR ES. 1- AS REQUIRED TO CUSTOMER'S OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE /DISCONNECT DEVICE. VOLTAGE AND CURRENT RATING TO BE DETERMINED FROM BLOCK HEATER NAMEPLATE. SOURCE TO BE INDEPENDENT OF GENERATOR. REFER TO WIRING DIAGRAM GM41145 (RSA1000) OR GM62554 (RSA II) FOR CONNECTION DETAIL. DIMENSIONS N [ ] ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. D C o- UNLESS OTIQB.ISE SPEWED - 1 TOLERANCES A Q ARE!' DIMES .Loaf .010 A114114* 1/z fa t am SURFACE MORN .2 t .060 7 NAIL FRACTIOI6 3 V KOHLER CO POWER SYSTEMS. KO(H�LAE�R. WI 53044 U.S.A. 11011 1 NOT�B[ � S1 CCMIIFCIION WIIN KONLER CO. 1V08f. ALL BNINR a OES$ON CM BIYorm% ALB: B[SE VW. APPROVALS DATE OREM Js 7 -28 -04 DIAGRAM, RSA INTERCONNECTION Q6K Jl 7 -29 -04 / / / °1° ° ADV6990A.DWG I21"T 1 -2 MANNED Js 7 -29 -04 010.01 ADV -6990 1 C G 4 3 B A D C B A 3 2 RSA1000 /RSA II MASTER: AN RSA SLAVE CONNECTED THROUGH THE ETHERNET NETWORK, REQUIRES AN RSA MASTER BE CONNECTED THROUGH THE ETHERNET NETWORK. THE MASTER REQUIRES A MODBUS /ETHERNET CONVERTER DEDICATED EXCLUSIVELY TO IT. RSA1000: A MAXIMUM OF 3 SLAVES CAN BE CONNECTED TO A MASTER RSA1000, INCLUDING SLAVES CONNECTED THROUGH THE ETHERNET NETWORK. RSA II: A MAXIMUM OF 5 SLAVES CAN BE CONNECTED TO A MASTER RSA II, INCLUDING SLAVES CONNECTED THROUGH THE ETHERNET NETWORK. IF ANY RSA1000 ANNUNCIATORS ARE ON THE SAME NETWORK AS AN RSA II ANNUNCIATOR, THE RSA1000 ANNUNCIATORS MUST BE CONFIGURED AS SLAVES. RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (MASTER) RS -485 (MODBUS RTU) (SEE NOTE 5) SEE SHEET 1 FOR REQUIRED DC POWER VOLTAGE TO EACH RSA. RS -485 (MODBUS RTU) (SEE NOTE 5) MODBUS/ ETHERNET CONVERTER ETHERNET NETWORK CONNECTIONS ETHERNET (MODBUS TCP /IP) CATEGORY 5 OR EQUIVALENT MODBUS/ ETHERNET CONVERTER ETHERNET (MODBUS TCP /IP) CATEGORY 5 OR EQUIVALENT r -- L _ RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) SEE SHEET 1 FOR REQUIRED DC POWER VOLTAGE TO EACH RSA. RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) MODBUS/ ETHERNET CONVERTER -1 1 RS -485 1 (MODBUS RTU) (SEE NOTE 5) i ETHERNET f (MODBUS TCP /IP) f CATEGORY 5 OR EQUIVALENT ETHERNET NETWORK (CUSTOMER SUPPLIED) ETHERNET ( MODBUS TCP /IP) CATEGORY 5 OR EQUIVALENT SEE SHEET 1 FOR REQUIRED DC POWER VOLTAGE TO EACH RSA. MODBUS/ ETHERNET CONVERTER RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) -J REV DATE REVISION BY Y F C 10 -07 -05 SHEET 2 ADDED (76324) TLK 0 7 -20 -09 DRAWING COMPLETELY REVISED TO ADD RSA II (68082) TLC E 9 -29 -09 RSA SLAVES {REVISED; (0-4) MASTER NOTE REVISED; (C -4) MAXIMUM OF 5 SLAVES WAS 4 (88437) TLK F 12 -01 -09 (0 -1) 3000 CONTROLLER ADDED TO NOTE (88773) TLC ON 16 LIGHT CONTROLLER, CONNECT TO P21, ON 550 CONTROLLER, CONNECT TO P20, ON 3000 CONTROLLER, CONNECT TO P21 CONTROL PANEL (SEE SHEET 1 FOR BATTERY CHARGER & REMOTE E -STOP CONNECTIONS) 16 -LIGHT COMM. MODULE (GM32644 -KA1 OR -KP1) 16 -LIGHT ONLY (REQUIRES RED MAIN LOGIC BOARD GM28725) RS -485 (MODBUS RTU) (SEE NOTE 5) SEE SHEET 1 FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH CONNECTION. GENERATOR SET OUTLINE AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH (ATS) (MPAC1000 OR MPAC1500) REQUIRED FOR RSA II WITH ATS OPTION ONLY SEE SHEET 1 FOR REQUIRED DC POWER VOLTAGE TO INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM EACH RSA. CONTROLLER WITH RSA ANNUNCIATOR SEE SHEET 1 FOR GENERAL NOTES. UNLESS M ORT= SPECIFIED - 1) TOLERANCES ARE M 5181] 8) 10.01*NCR A011 .mct .010 mass 31# .10I t .0]0 SUOAQ F1111 1 3 Ds0 *AC _% 11A11. EIf010 3 V KOHLER CQ POWER SYSTEMS. KOOH�LAERR. WI 53044 U.S.A. MUST NOT DRAWING. N £01UFF 11 WlOErni011 1M 808201 CO. w010. ALL 2101118 OR DOOM OR 221047ON ARE RESERVE& APPROVALS DATE OEM TLX 10-07 -05 TLK 10 -14-05 1111.8 su1L DIAGRAM RSA INTERCONNECTION / / / 0101° ADV6990B.DWG I°°' 2 -2 APPROVED EDA 10 -10 -05 DIM n ADV -6990 1 C G 3 2 D C B A KOHLER POW • • =• - -- NM NM OM NM MI MN N -- -= NM • MO 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D C B A 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 01 70D1 P2 10 BCA P17 (CLS) � N12 —1P17 -B IP17 -A 31A-1. P1 -10 CTS �o- -35A -4. P1 -24 ESS 1 1A TB3 1 ESTOP -1 IA ESTOP -1A 70D 708 P1 -1 ►-71 P1 -3 ►-70 P1 -7 (CAN LOW) P1 -17 (CAN HIGH) P1 -13 P2 -6 14N P15 7N1 70J TB10 70 701-1 7N 916 } 11 j11 L4 M1 144 P28 P28 -8 P28-C P28 D N16 P28 -A P28 -E 14N1 QCON2 f-- UNINSULATED -S6 - -, 1 GRN 905 /•L` - -J 1 1 +-I3R P2 -5 13 P2 -4 12R CURRENT - SENSING P2 -3 .-- 12 P2 -2 .-11R -P2 -1 .•-• 11 V9 o VOLTAGE _ V8 1= SENSING V7 VO FUEL LEVEL P1 -23 FUEL LEAK P1 -4 PWM1 P1 -20 YEL 904 022 — YEL GRN 020 ORG P20 CAP r -�" 1UNINSULATED -S6 +- GRN ii20 OOHI L ECM (ISOCH. GOVERNOR) P3 -H4 f 937 ( +5V) P3 -G2 + 911 (SENSOR RETURN) P3 -A4 .- 915 (SECONDARY ANALOG THROTTLE) P3 -C3 .- 814 P3 -B4 947 P3 -G3 f 714 P3 11 (FUSED BAT. POWER) P3 L4 (FUSED BAT. POWER) P3 1.11 (FUSED BAT. POWER) P3 M4 (FUSED BAT. POWER) P4-E1 P4 -B1 708 --.P3 -B2 (SWITCHED POWER TO ECM)p4 -D1 916--.P3 -C1 (WARNING LAMP) P4 Al . —NL2+ (GND) P3 -L2 �NL3. (GND) P3 -13 �NM2� (GND) P3 -112 N11 YEL WHT P3 61 (CAN LOW) P3 Al (CAN HIGH) P3 K2 (CAN SHIELD) TB10 T — — _ T RED ORG GRN 510 1 R RESISTOR 4.7X OHM P11 (FIC) CV 1 ..I .3 I, CO a e.a. 0.0.0.0.0_ YEL P4 F1 I 1 Bu, 1 I P4-C2 1 1 RRN 1 1 P4 -G1. l 1 WHT l 1 P4 G2 1 / RI K 1 P4 -F2 P4 H1 N3 P4 H2 r 104 P8 (RPS' P4-E2 101 P8-1 P4 -E3 99 P8 2 P4 -D3 • 100 P8 3 P4 -A4 ^ 16 -8 P16 (CAS) P4 -E4 �@y�J P16 A P4 -D4 P4 -B4 P4 -A3 - 9I; P4 -F3 P4-C2 P4 -D2 P4 B2 P4 -C4 P4 F4 96 P6 -8 P6 A P6 (CRS) P5 -3 P5 -1 P5 -2 _ PIV 0A1a KVISION N 6 -31-09 MEW ORMoB [87805] CRS P5 (OPS) N1 P10 (MAT) 77 P10 A IP10 -B N10 CONNECTION CHART T812 TERMINAL POSfT1ON SIGNAL DESCRIPTION CONNECTED I NOT CONNECTED DROOP SELECT 1 ISOCHRONOUS I DROOP ANALOG THROTTLE CONTROL 2• +5 VDC REF 3• SIGNAL (+2 5 VDC NORM) 4* SENSOR RETURN IDLE MODE CONSULT FACTORY 8 • REMOVE RESISTORS IF PARALLEUNG P12 (WFS) 106 1P12-A I P12 -B N2 —• P9 PSI( (CTS) IP9 -BI- N4 P14 (FTS) 105 P114 -4- 2 N7 V9A V8A WA VO ..-63C---1—v/A.--18 1 OPTIONAL w -64 5B - PWM1+ P1 -16 —38- }o FLA N17 I L _ ±J To SIB (P6) [FRII] SEE DWG. ADV-6957 OR IB (P6) [WFE] SEE DWG. ADV -6958 QCON1 VO V7A V9A VO V7 V8 V9 TO STAT [FRII] SEE DWG. ADV -6957 11 I1R •CT1 12 12R 13 13R NOTE CURRENT TRANSFORMER DOT OR 'Hl- TOWARD GENERATOR. • CT2 W 11 TO L3 LOAD LO DECISION MAKER 3000 CONTROLLER 125 -150 KW JOHN DEERE TIER III W/ ECM W/ SPLIT ACTIVATOR, 10, 30 & 600V LEGEND BCA - BATTERY CHARGING ALTERNATOR CAS - CAM POSITION SENSOR CLS - COOLANT LEVEL SENDER CRS - CRANK POSITION SENSOR CT(f) - CURRENT TRANSFORMER CTS - COLLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR D(f) - DIODE ECM - ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ESS - EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH F(f) - FUSE F1C - FUEL INJECTOR CONTROL FLA - FUEL LEAK ALARM FLS - FUEL LEVEL SENDER FTS - FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSUL( /) - INSUUNK MAT - MANIFOLD MR TEMPERATURE SENSOR OPS - OIL PRESSURE SENSOR P(f) - PLUG PCV - PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE PUG - PERMANENT MAGNET GENERATOR RPS - RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR QCON(f) - QUICK CONNECT TERMINAL SLB - STATIONARY LED BOARD Ski - STARTER MOTOR SS - STARTER SOLENOID STAT - STATOR TB3 - OUTPUT TERMINAL BLOCK TB5 - CONTROLLER A.C. FUSE BLOCK TB10 - ACCESSORY TERMINAL BLOCK WFS - WATER IN FUEL SENSOR - ENGINE BLOCK GROUND m ms o ..o: yr a t m 21212272 1E1 IN T .v ,N•IO0 2 V KONLER CO 1011E31 315E115. malt • 1 57044 USA. 1113 111=11. M 03131 MO QTM. 8 mI8 CO. ROOM MO WM 88 IC 88 01n1 11 X15101 10130 CO. \O. ALL MO O COON Of IWOw11 /a 5!$101 Ml0OVAl3 010 ass cas 8-31-09 DIAGRAM SCHEMATIC 125 -15d JD TIER 11I as= OFS fir CRS 8-31-09 8-31-09 100 011. 1 -1 8 I 7 6 5 4 3 1 2 ADV -7761 1 D D C B A 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P29 2 AMP RELAY OUPUT (2.1) CONNECTIONS P29 -NC 2.1 RELAY NORMALLY CLOSED P29 -COM 2.1 RELAY COMMON P29 -NO 2.1 RELAY NORMALLY OPEN P30 2 AMP RELAY OUPUT (2 2) CONNECTIONS P30-NC 2.2 RELAY NORMALLY CLOSED P30 -COP 2.2 RELAY COMMON P30-NO 2.2 RELAY NORMALLY OPEN P31 2 AMP RELAY OUPUT (0.3) CONNECTIONS P31 -NC 2.3 RELAY NORMALLY CLOSED P31 -COP 2.3 RELAY COMMON P31 -NO 2.3 RELAY NORMALLY OPEN P32 10 AMP RELAY OUPUT (2.4 de 2.5) CONNECTIONS P32-NO 2.4 RELAY NORMALLY OPEN P32 -COM 2.4 RELAY COMMON P32 -NC 2.4 RELAY NORMALLY CLOSED P32 -NO 2.5 RELAY NORMALLY OPEN P32 -CAA 2.5 RELAY COMMON P32 -NC 2.5 RELAY NORMALLY CLOSED P27 CAN TERMINATOR CONNECTIOW. PLACE THE P27 JUMPER ON THE -or PINS P28 SINGLE -ENDED (0 -5V1 ANALOG INPUT CONNECTIONS P28 -GND AGND ANALOG RETURN P28 -VN2 NO CONNECTION P28 -VP2 ACH2 SIGNAL P28 - +5V SUPPLY (0.05 AMP MAX) P28 -GND AGND ANALOG RETURN P28 -VN1 NO CONNECTION P28 -VP1 ACH1 SIGNAL P28 - +5V SUPPLY (0.05 AMP MAX) 9aEla■11: - 11 1. . 11 M:1..!. 1ll:h.± P28 -GND AGND ANALOG REFERENCE P28 -VN2 ACH2 NEGATNE DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL P28 -VP2 ACH2 POSITNE DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL P28 - +5V SUPPLY (0.05 AMP MAX) P28 -GND AGND MAIM RETURN P28 -1/N1 ACH1 NEGATNE DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL P28 -VP1 ACH1 POSITNE DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL P28 - +5V SUPPLY (0.05 ALP MAX) NOTE CONTACT AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR TO DEFINE P28 A/D INPUTS. OUT IN El 11 Nc No NC C1747140 P27 P29 P30 CAN a' a TOR P26 OUT P2 I I ri 26 I/O OUT P25 REMOTE I/O IN NO P31 NO Frio0 NO CAN REMOTE I/O BOARD (OPT10NAL) P32 CMCMCIMEMEME P28 P21 M 11 A 1 P23 REMOTE 1/O P22 DEC 3000 CONTROLLER CmoaMao MINIM 70 eee�ee 1112 o =E1 T83 V8 O V9 0 VO o TB2 TB10 -8 (70): BATTERY VOLTAGE PRESENT ONLY WHEN RED GENERATOR IS OPERATING RELAY CONTACTS 2 3t?.. NC 4e1 B8 7 8 9o- NO C NOTE IF SHUNT TRIP OR FAILURE RELAY IS NOT USED. DISCONNECT & TAPE LEADS 2 & 32A. 32A BLK N1 RUN RELAY (OPTIONAL) TB 10 2 L 5 P2 I1R 8 2 13 12 13R 12R 11 AUX WARNING SWITCH (CUSTOMER PROVIDED) BATTERY CHARGER CONNECTIONS (OPTIONAL) BATTERY - 61• CHARGER FAULT f21 RS485 NON - ISOLATED CONNECTIONS P21 -1 GND P21 -2 + P21 -3 - P21-4 GND P21 -5 + P21 -6 - 4` AUX \ SHUTDOWN -. SWCH PROVIDED) 4 4 ENGINE START 3 ., SWITCH (CUSTOMER PROVIDED) LOCAL 1A - .Lod EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH 1 (STANDARD) LOCAL REMOTE EMERGENCY EMERGENCY (ADS(oPO )H TB3 (STANDARD) (OPTIONAL) 1 1A REMOTE EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH CONNECTIONS 1B0C /DM•1TAL INPUT FACTORY SETTINGS 181 -011 OCH1 NO FUNCTION 181 -012 DCH2 AUX WARNING 161 -013 DCH3 BATTERY CHARGER FAULT WARNING TB1 -AI I ACH1 NO FUNCTION TB1 -A2 ACH2 NO FUNCTION 181 -GND A/DGND ANALOG /DIGITAL RETURN NOTE T81 A/0 INPUTS MAY BE REDEFINED - FACTORY DEFAULTS . CONTACT AUTHORIZED OISTRIBUTOR FOR DETAILS. TO ENGINE HARNESS 14P PRIME 14P 14P -o\ svarcH QCON2 1:Y ;a: • 11. T82 -COP 182 -COM 182 -NO T82 -NC RELAY COMMON) COMMON FAULT RELAY COMMON) COMMON FAULT RELAY NORMALLY OPEN) COMMON FAULT RELAY NORMALLY CLOSED) COMMON FAULT ■ nOO 4414 0.05 .3106 6 3242 32A1 W11 1 LJ 324 2B P1 OA 2A DCB2 ( COMMO OPAILURE RELAY) SEE TB2 RELAY OUTPUT NOTE PF1 i"1°V1)1 AM P PF1 "I FUSE1 P1 DCB1 (SHUNT TRIP � ) W31r� �1 LIJ 1RV MI5 R1Y60N A 2-09-09 NOV PUKING (87331) TU( A 11 -24-0B (D-6. A-7. A-6) 1031ES UPDATED (887731 2 -04 -1D (8-(6) Ao. W-V9 WERE P3; (B-8) P22 ADDED; (B & AC HARNESS P9/P10 REMOVED; (CA-2.-3) 82 WELD REMOVED. MEADS 2A & 29 III - ROUTED 1D IT2; (C -5.-6) SKINT IRE/ DAME REM( NOTE MOOED (892391 1U( UNE CIRCUIT BREAKER (OPTIONAL) SHUNT TRIP COIL PF2 ST ST1 PF2 FUSE2 10R AMP P2 14 N3 W21 1 28 2A N1 J J ENGINE HARNESS (REF.) NOTE TRANSFER SWITCH TERMINAL DESIGNATIONS MAY VARY FROM THOSE SHOWN HERE. VERIFY THE CORRECT DESIGNATIONS USING THE APPROPRIATE TRANSFER SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM. OMAINALS 3 AND 4: REMOTE ART SWITCH OR ENGINE START CONTACTS ON TRANSFER SWITCH) NOTE 182 RELAY OUTPUT MAY BE REDEFINED - FACTORY DEFAULT USTED. CONTACT AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR FOR DETAILS. CUSTOMER TO CONNECT TO TB2 UNLESS SHUNT TRIP S USED. IF SHUNT TRIP S USED. CUSTOMER TO CONNECT TO DCB2 FOR COMMON FAULT. INSTALLATION NOTE: FOR FIELD INSTALLATION A MAXIMUM OF TWO WIRE TERMINALS PER TERMINAL STRIP SCREW IS RECOMMENDED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE WIRING DIAGRAM. DO NOT EXTEND ABOVE THE TERMINAL STRIP BARRIER. DEC 3000 ACCESSORIES LEGEND P( #) - PLUG QCON( #) - QUICK CONNECT TB (#) - TERMINAL BLOCK W( - SONIC WELD .AAl)a once= VOWED •141 MM act w �: tiT a t a a s r IMMO KONLER CO POWER SMUG. BOIRm n 61044 LISA. 1d Neq ■ ®1 ±8 acme can 06 warm IMO MT OA ■ M® DM ■ 01-• l NM min m \� AIL ZOO OF ®I R IRm01 AE M ®tn. APPROVALS 9411 IMAM WRWB TUC 2-09-09 TUC 2-09-09 EDA 2 -09-09 7 6 5 4 3 2 - DIAGRAM DEC 3000 ACCY INTERCONNECTION / / GM67191 ( D r 1 D C B A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 7 6 5 b 4 C -D B A JUNCTION BOX rr rr rr 17 41 1 1 -0. rx = N� n'? NOTE: CURRENT TRANSFORMER DOT OR 'H1 TOWARD GENERATOR CT1 TO SLB (P6) [FRII] SEE DWG. GM35943 l TO {STAT [FRII] SEE DWG. GM35943 CT2 CT3 QCON9 38 (P6) -CZEI;=3-38 (P1 16) QCON10 5B (P6)--- 58 (P1 -20) QCON11 V7 (STAY) ---/-1-1/7 (185 V7) QCON12 v8 l� vs (185 -vB) QCON13 V9 (STAT)-C=a=J- V9 (TB5 -V9) QCON14 VO (STAY)- VO (CONT -V0) CONNECTION CHART TB12 TERMINAL POSITION SIGNAL DESCRIPTION NOT CONNECTED CONNECTED DROOP SELECT 1 ISOCHRONOUS 1 DROOP ANALOG THROTTLE CONTROL 2. +5 VDC REF 30 SIGNAL ( +2.5 VDC NORM) 4. SENSOR RETURN 101E MODE CONSULT FACTORY 6 • REMOVE RESISTORS IF PARALLELING RESISTOR RESISTOR 510 OHM 4.7K OHM TB10 m to to G10 to m m a a a a a a S Z, n .- m a a a a n P15 CONNECTIONS PIN #1 P4 (W21) 2 7N1 (W16) 3 71 (P1 -1) 4 N/C . 5 145 (P1B -2) P 2 2. TB5 r 1 N z z z o 0 0 o 88 a 3 2 CONTROLLER BOX P21 11 0 P23 REMOTE I/O TB1 MEM MCIE D11 DEC -3000 CONTROLLER 24 P1 21 P2 13 12 11 13R 12R IR 2 V7 a-- VIA (IB5 -V7)� V8 0--- -- v6A V9 V9A VO o-- VO (QCON14)� TB2 TB3 ESS QCON4 a N a ,-70H (1810 -70 W17 a 1 �70K (DIAG - - J 70J (P1 -7) l P4 1 4 s 149 IT L P4 (P15 -1) P6 (QCON4) --' JJJJ P3 (P18 -22) —' P5 (TB10 -P) P28 CONNECTIONS PIN #A N16 (W16) B 022 (P18 -21) C YEL YELLOW (W18) D GRN GREEN (W19) E 020 (W20) N/C . N/C . N/C . N/C . F G 11 J QCON2GJ - - -S6 (W20) -� P30 LEGEND BCA - BATTERY CHARGING ALTERNATOR CAS - CAM SENSOR CLS - COOLANT LEVEL SENDER CRS - CRANK POSRION SENSOR CT(f) - CURRENT TRANSFORMER CTS - COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER D(j) - DIODE DIAG - DIAGNOSTIC LAMP EBG - ENGINE BLOCK GROUND ESS - EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH FIC - FUEL INJECTOR CONTROL FT - FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR MAT - MANIFOLD MR TEMP SENSOR OPS - OIL PRESSURE SENDER P(j) - PLUG PCV - PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE QCON(j) - QUICK CONNECT TERMINAL RPS - RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR SLB - STATIONARY LED BOARD SM - STARTER MOTOR SS - STARTER SOLENOID STAT - STATOR 181 - CONTROLLER BOARD TERMINAL BLOCK TB2 - A/D TERMINAL BLOCK 183 - OUTPUT TERMINAL BLOCK TB5 - CONTROLLER A.C. FUSE BLOCK 7810 - ACCESSORY TERMINAL BLOCK WFS - WATER IN FUEL SENSOR 2 ®104 4 ®3® P30 CONNECTIONS PIN #1 64 (P1 -4) 2 N17 (W22) 3 63C (P1 -23) 4 N18 (W22) 70B (P1B -9)-- 70 (P1-3) 011701) (P1B -10)m 14N (P1 -5) N18 (P30 4) N17 (P30 2) N1A N2 \ I OUR MOWN 8-27-09 mew DRONING (878091 CRS PIN #1 71 2 N/C 3 70 4 64 5 14N 6 N/C 7 70J 8 N/C 9 N/C 10 31A 11 N/C 12 P12 r W20 S6 -020 (P28 -E) L I (QCON2)—, W19 RN (P1B -16)- -GRN (P28- D,L ±�GRN (P1- 17)- -. r W18 YEL (p113-15)-. r-YEL (1.28 -C) L - - YyEL (p1 -13) `7N1 (P15 -2) -7N (TB10n -7N 'NJ J 14N1 (P1B -14 `N16 (P28 -A) JUNCTION BOX — N2 1 63C I '`rj 63C 64 (OPTIONAL) 125 -150 KW JOHN DEERE DECISION -MAKER 3000 CONTROLLER P1 CONNECTIONS (P15 -3) 13 14 (W23) 15 (P30 -1) 16 (W22) 17 18 (W17) 19 20 • 21 (P18 -18) 22 23 (QCON4) 24 YEL N/C N/C 3B GRN N/C N/C 58 N/C N/C 63C 35A P2 CONNECTIONS PIN #1 11 (CT1 -x1) 2 IIR (CT1 -X2) 3 12 (CT2 -X1) 4 12R (CT2 -X2) 5 13 (CT3 -X1) 6 13R (CT3 -X2) P1B /0 YELLOW (W18) (QCON9) GREEN (W19) • (QC0N10) (P30 -3) (P1B-19) TO SHEET 2 P1B CONNECTIONS PIN /1 N/C . 2 14S (P15 -5) 3 947 (T810 -5) 4 937 (7810 -1) 5 915 (7810 -3) 6 814 (7810 -4) 7 911 (1810 -2) 8 714 (7810 -6) 9 70B 10 700 (W23) 11 N/C 12 N/C . 13 916 (DIAG) 14 14N1 (W16) 15 YEL (W18) 16 GRN (W19) 17 S6 (W20) 18 31A (P1 -10) 19 35A (P1 -24) 20 N/C . 21 022 (P28 -B) 22 P3 (11/21) (W23) FOR SCHEMATIC SEE ADV -7761 OJ m= ne root Vr n3 coo s 4 r • via AMA T —. roans KOHLER CO MOMIR SYST04 9018:8. 91 53044 USA. 8R 111111110. 11 00M1 OM 6t94 • mrD CO. MONK Y Yo MIA MR M: USED ORM • OMIGIAI iti MM R 01111:0- Ml M010 Of MSMI OR saa MI MOM AlMAVALI 0419 MOO CRS 8 -27-09 DIAGRAM WIRING 125 -15d KW JD anon EFS CRS 8-27-09 8-27-09 /// OW WO I'a 1 -2 GM70970 1 D 8 7 6 5 4 3 1 2 D C B A 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 P1 CONNECTIONS PIN 11 N/C . 12 N/C . 2 14S (SS) 13 916 (P3 —C1) 3 947 (P3 -84) 14 14N1 (MG) 4 937 (P3 —H4) 15 YEL (W10) 5 915 (P3 —A4) 16 GRN (W9) 6 814 (P3 —C3) 17 WHT (W11) 7 911 (P3 —G2) 18 31A (P17 —A) 8 714 (P3 —G3) 19 35A (CTS) 9 70B (P3 -82) 20 N/C . 10 70D (DI) 21 022 (W15) 11 N/C . 22 P3 (SS) P1 P5 CONNECTIONS PIN #1 N1 (W13) 2 96 (P4 —F3) 3 95 (P4 —A3) P5 (OPS) 14 96\ P11 (FIC) ENGINE ORG (P20 -8)- GRN (P1 -16) f —GRN (P3 -81) L—_J YEL (P20 —A) — YEL (P1 -15) r YEL (P3 —A1) L WHT P1 -17 P9 CONNECTIONS PIN A 5 (P4 —C4) 8 N4 (W19) P9 (CTS) (00) _6111 WHT (P3 —K2) P16 CONNECTIONS P10 CONNECTIONS PIN A GRN (P4 —E4) PIN A 77 (P4 —C2) 8 BLU (P4 —A4) 8 N10 (W13) P16 (CAS) P10 (MAT) Eoro) (.0 6 10 L 8 ®3 5 LU ®4 p11 CONNECTIONS PIN #1 RED (P4 —E1) 2 ORG (P4 -81) 3 GRN (P4 -01) 4 YEL (P4 —A1) 5 BLU (P4 —F1) 6 BRN (P4 —C1) 7 WHT (P4 —G1) 6 BLX (P4 —G2) P12 (WFS) P12 CONNECTIONS PIN A 106 (P4 -82) 8 N2 (W13) P6 CONNECTIONS PIN A YEL (P4 -84) 8 ORG (P4 —D4) P14 CONNECTIONS PIN #1 105 (P4 —F4) 2 147 (W13) CTS 35A (P1 19) 0 0 1= P8 (RPS) P8 CONNECTIONS PIN #1 101 (P4 —E2) 2 99 (P4 —E3) 3 100 (P4 -03) P14 (FT) W15 11 (P3 —L1) x-022 (P1 -21) rrd" A 1 (P3 —M1) —. L — — 4 (P3 —L4) —. 4 (P3 —M4) --. 2 (P2 —B) r—N12 P17 —B) W12 NL2 (P3 —L2) r = = Nl3 (P3 —L3) — —N11 (EEG) NM2 (P3 —M2) P2 CONNECTIONS PIN A P1 (SS) 8 P2 (W15) EV 011 0998011 8 8 -27-08 NEW DRy944C [878051 Cgs P20 CONNECTIONS PIN A YEL (W10) B ORG (W9) P20 8® —N2 (P12 —B •N10 P10 —B) —N1 P5 -1) (P9 —B) '--N7 (P14 -2) P7 (PCV) (c)lO —14N1 (P1 -14) • N11 (W12) N9 (02) N8 (03) EBG %70D (P1 -10) c1=1:1 P13 CONNECTIONS PIN %1 70D1 (01) P17 CONNECTIONS PIN A 31A (P1 -18) 8 N12 (W12) P17 (CLS) P1 (P2 —A) • P3 (P1 -22 • 14S (P1 2 `—N8 (EBG)— D SS W13 N (P4 D2) P7 CONNECTIONS PIN j1 N3 (P4 —H1) 2 104 (P4 —H2) PIN jA1 YEL A2 N/C A3 N/C A4 915 81 GRN B2 708 83 N/C 84 947 C1 916 C2 N/C C3 814 C4 N/C D1 N/C D2 N/C D3 N/C D4 N/C El N/C E2 N/C E3 N/C E4 N/C F1 N/C F2 N/C F3 N/C F4 N/C P3 1 x®6,0000666® -o 000e z eoe00- d0000 ®oo ® piq€ O P3 CONNECTIONS (W10) • • (P1-5) (w9) (P1-9) (P1-3) (P1 -13) (P1-6) • • • • • N9 (EBG) G1 N/C G2 911 (P1 -7) G3 714 (P1 -8) G4 N/C H1 N/C 112 N/C 14.3 N/C 114 937 (P1 -4) J1 N/C J2 N/C . J3 N/C . J4 N/C K1 N/C K2 WHT (111) K3 N/C . K4 N/C . 11 L1 (W15) L2 N1.2 (W12) L3 N13 (W12) L4 L4 (W15) M1 M1 (W15) 142 NM2 (W12) M3 N/C . 144 M4 (W15) P4 1 __ ' ® ®WO o�E®o N3 _20 © 00 C ®88- €00(D8800- 4 @000® 105 OO P4 CONNECTIONS PIN /A1 YEL (P11 -4) El RED (P11 -1) A2 N/C . E2 101 (P8 -1) A3 95 (P5 -3) E3 99 (P8 -2) A4 BLU (P16 —B) E4 GRN (P16 —A) 81 ORG (P11 -2) F1 BLU (P11 -5) 82 106 (P12 —A) F2 S8 UNINSUI ATED 83 N/C . F3 96 (P5 -2) 84 YEL (P6 —A) F4 105 (P14 -1) C1 BRN (P11 -6) G1 WHT (P11 -7) C2 77 (P10 —A) G2 BLK (P11 -8) C3 N/C . G3 N/C . C4 5 (P9 —A) G4 N/C . D1 GRN (P11 -3) 1-11 N3 (P7 -1) D2 N (W13) H2 104 (P7 -2) D3 100 (P8 -3) H3 N/C . D4 ORG (P6 -8) H4 N/C . 125 -150 KW JOHN DEERE DECISION —MAKER 3000 CONTROLLER T0511511,55 VOW. - •51111031* MS .1 NOM a 3 of * r MORAN 5 rrlN- rrrl 7 KOHLER CQ TOWER 1:3106A, 09109. 91 SSW USA 96 O<OO. • ® NO ICUS.15 MUM CO. PO MO NO t6f O It 091 OLEO 9 0916261 QM SOW 01 VOL AL O901 Q® Ot NM= /SIMUM N4O/M2 018 rim _ WNW ors 8-27-09 ru DIAGRAM, WIRING 125 -150 KW JD 8-27-09 OD NO I'r 2 -2 CRS 8 -27-09 7 6 5 4 3 2 GM70970 1 D D C 8 A KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS Warranty Extended Five -Year or Three Thousand (3000) -Hour Comprehensive Stationary Standby Limited Warranty This Kohler Standby Generator System has been manufactured and inspected with care by experienced craftsmen. If you are the original purchaser, Kohler Co. warrants for five years or three thousand (3000) hours, whichever occurs first, that the system will be free from defects in material and workmanship if properly installed, maintained, and operated in accordance with Kohler Co.'s instruction manuals. A Kohler distributor, dealer, or authorized representative must perform startup. This warranty is not effective unless a proper extended warranty registration form and warranty fee have been sent to Kohler Co. within one year of supervised startup. During the warranty period, repair or replacement at Kohler Co.'s option will be furnished free of charge for parts, provided an inspection to Kohler Co.'s satisfaction discloses a defect in material and workmanship, and provided that the part or parts are returned to Kohler Co. or an authorized service station, if requested. This extended warranty expires five full years after date of startup or after 3000 hours of operation, whichever occurs first. This warranty does not apply to malfunctions caused by damage, unreasonable use, misuse, or normal wear and tear while in your possession. The following will not be covered by this warranty: 1. Normal engine wear, routine tuneups, tuneup parts, adjustments, and periodic service. 2. Damage caused by accidents, improper installation or handling, faulty repairs not performed by an authorized service representative, or improper storage. 3. Damage caused by operation with improper fuel or at speeds, loads, conditions, modifications, or installation contrary to published specifications or recommendations. 4. Damage caused by negligent maintenance such as: a. Failure to provide the specified type and sufficient lubricating oil. b. Failure to keep the air intake and cooling fin areas clean. c. Failure to service the air cleaner. d. Failure to provide sufficient coolant and /or cooling air. e. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance as prescribed in supplied manuals. f. Failure to exercise with toad regularly. 5. Original installation charges and startup costs. 6. Starting batteries and the following related expenses: a. Labor charges related to battery service. b. Travel expense related to battery service. 7. Engine coolant heaters, heater controls, and circulating pumps after the first year. 8. Rental of equipment during performance of warranty repairs. 9. Non - Kohler- authorized repair shop labor without prior approval from the Kohler Co. Warranty Department. 10. Parts purchased from sources other than Kohler. Replacement of a failed Kohler part with a non - Kohler part voids warranty on that part. 11. Radiators replaced rather than repaired. 12. Fuel injection pumps not repaired locally by an authorized servicing dealer. 13. Engine fluids such as fuel, oil, or coolant/antifreeze. 14. Shop supplies such as adhesives, cleaning solvents, and rags. 15. Expenses incurred investigating performance complaints unless the problem is caused by defective Kohler materials or workmanship. 16. Maintenance items such as fuses, filters, spark plugs, loose /leaking clamps, and adjustments. A Startup Notification form must be on file at Kohler Co. A Startup Notification form must be completed by Seller and received at Kohler Co. within 60 days after the date of initial startup. Standby systems not registered within 60 days of startup will automatically be registered by Kohler Co. using the Kohler Co. ship date as the startup date. To obtain warranty service, call 1- 800 - 544 -2444 for your nearest authorized Kohler service representative, or write Kohler Co., Generator Service Department, Kohler, WI 53044 USA. KOHLER CO. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND including, but not limited to, incidental consequential labor costs, installation charges, telephone charges, or transportation charges in connection with the replacement or repair of defective parts. This is our exclusive written warranty. We make no other express warranty, nor is anyone authorized to make any in our behalf. ANY IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF PURCHASE, is expressly limited to the duration of this warranty. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. KOHLER. POWER SYSTEMS KOHLER CO. Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 Phone 920 -565 -3381, Fax 920 - 459 -1646 For the nearest sales /service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 -544 -2444 KohlerPowerSystems.com TP -5561 12/99c KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS V, r) szt 17)1 U U 0 0_ 0 0 2 0. IIMII N- N r I M- r r= I N r E MN N MI MN Kohler Standby /Prime Generator Set Test Program Testing is an integral part of quality assurance. In keeping with our uncompromising commitment to quality, safety, and reliability, every Kohler Standby /Prime power generator set undergoes an extensive series of prototype and production testing. Prototype Testing Prototype testing includes the potentially destructive tests necessary to verify design, proper function of protective devices and safety features, and reliability expectations. Kohler's prototype testing includes the following: • Alternator temperature rise test per NEMA MG1 -32.6. Standby and prime ratings of the alternator are established during this test. • Maximum power test to assure that the prime mover and alternator have sufficient capacity to operate within specifications. • Alternator overload test per NEMA MG1 -32.8. • Steady -state load test to ensure voltage regulation meets or exceeds ANSI C84.1, NEMA MG1 -32.17 requirements and to verify compliance with steady - state speed control specifications. • Transient test to verify speed controls meets or exceeds specifications. • Transient load tests per NEMA MG1- 32.18, and ISO 8528 to verify specifications of transient voltage regulation, voltage dip, voltage overshoot, recovery voltage, and recovery time. • Motor starting tests per NEMA MG1- 32.18.5 to evaluate capabilities of generator, exciter, and regulator system. • Three -phase symmetrical short- circuit test per NEMA MG1 -32.13 to demonstrate short circuit performance, mechanical integrity, ability to sustain short- circuit current. • Harmonic analysis, voltage waveform deviation per NEMA MG1 -32.10 to confirm that the generator set is producing clean voltage within acceptable limits. • Generator set cooling and air flow tests to verify maximum operating ambient temperature. • Reliability tests to demonstrate product durability, followed by root cause analysis of discovered failures and defects. Corrective action is taken to improve the design, workmanship, or components. • Acoustical noise intensity and sound attenuation effects tests. Production Testing In production, Kohler Standby /Prime generator sets are built to the stringent standards established by the prototype program. Every Kohler Generator set is fully tested prior to leaving the factory. Production testing includes the following: • Stator and exciter winding high - potential test on all generators. Surge transient tests on stators for generators 180 kW or larger. Continuity and balance tests on all rotors. • One -step, full -load pickup tests to verify that the performance of each generator set, regulator, and governor meets published specifications. • Regulation and stability of voltage and frequency are tested and verified at no load, 1 /4 load, 1 /2 load, 3/4 load, and full -rated load. • Voltage, amperage, frequency and power output ratings verified by full -load test. • The proper operation of controller logic circuitry, prealarm warnings, and shutdown functions is tested and verified. • Any defect or variation from specification discovered during testing is corrected and retested prior to approval for shipment to the customer. Torsional analysis data, to verify torsional effects are not detrimental and that the generator set will provide dependable service as specified, is available upon request. Kohler offers other testing at the customer's request at an additional charge. These optional tests include power factor testing, customized load testing for specific application, witness testing, and a broad range of MIL - STD -705c testing. A certified test report is also available at an additional charge. KOHLER® POWER SYSTEMS KOHLER CO. Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 Phone 920 - 565 -3381, Fax 920 - 459 -1646 For the nearest sales /service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 - 544 -2444 KohlerPowerSystemscom G18.56 12/05a KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS EN MI Me r— N r N NM I - -- ■r — MI M IIIIIII 8 7 6 5 4 3 PART NO. REV SAE DIMENSION W COLD CRANKING RESERVE CAP POST CHARGE BATTERY BC! VOLTAGE AMPS AT 0 °F MINUTES AT 80 °F LAYOUT MINIMUM M UM UM /STYLE TYPE CONSTRUCTION GROUP AMY .� WPM =NEM MO le AK 324586 BR 324587 BR 256984 225289 330 2 [13.00] 173.0 [6 81] 239.8 [9 44] 12 950 185 C/3 WET 330 2 [13.00] 173.0 [6 81] 239.8 [9.44] 12 950 200 C/3 BR 273 0 [10.75] 173.0 [6 81] 228.6 [9.00] 12 650 120 BR 273.0 [10.751 173.0 [6 81] 228.6 [9.00] 12 650 130 D/1 D/1 SEE NOTE 2 DRY SEE NOTE 2 WET SEE NOTE I SEE NOTE 1 DRY 31 31 24 24 354147 BR 354148 BR 345309 BR 330.2 [13.00] 173.0 [6 81] 239.8 [9.44] 12 700 170 C/3 WET SEE NOTE 2 31 31 WET SEE NOTE 1 55 330 2 [13.001 173.0 [6.81] 239.8 [9.44] 12 700 150 C/3 DRY SEE NOTE 2 219.2 [8.631 153.9 [6.06] 212.9 [8.38] 12 525 E/I GM22349 BR 527 1 [20.75] 282 4 [11 121 276.4 [10.88] 0M34399 BR 527 1 [20.751 282.4 [[1.12] 276.4 [10.88] 12 0M48784 BR 208.0 [8.19] 173.0 [6.81] 196.9 [7.75] 12 6M75512 BS 238.0 [9.38] 129.0 [5.06] 12 1150 400 A/1 1150 430 A/1 DRY - WET SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 525 70 0/1 WET 223.0 [8.81] 12 500 85 D/1 WET 8D 8D 26 51 NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE ENGLISH EOUIVALENTS. ALTERNATE CONSTUCTION ON BOTTOM OF BATTERIES ACCEPTABLE STYLE 1 POS-17.48 [.6881 NEG -15.88 [.625] 1:9 TAPER co z co-- ul CV CID STYLE 2 TERMINALS TO ACCEPT 06.4 [0.25] BOLT ACTUAL PART MAY NOT MATCH DRAWING VIEW 3/8 -16 UNC-2A THD 021.59-024.23 [0.850 - 0.954] REF STYLE 3 NOTES: 1) STYLE 3 CAN BE CONVERTED TO STYLE 1 BY INSTALLATION OF 254427 STUD CONVERTION KIT. 2) BATTERIES USING "STYLE 3" STUDS MUST HAVE EITHER THE " POS " OR "NEG " STUD CLEARLY IDENTIFIED. 3.) STYLE 3 TERMINAL TORQUE 10 Nm [15 FT LBSI. NOTES: (APPLIES TO ALL BATTERIES) SAE J537 DIMENSIONS ARE MAX ALLOWABLE DIMENSIONS_ COLD CRANKING AMPS ARE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE VALUES. HOLD DOWN DESIGN IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAE STANDARDS. BATTERY WARNING LABEL TO BE LOCATED ON TAP OF BATTERY. (BETWEEN TERMINALS ON LAYOUT D) MANUFACTURER MUST PROVIDE A CERTIFICATE CONTAINING MFGRS. NAME, MFGRS. PART NUMBER. AND KOHLER PART NUMBER CERTIFYING THAT THE BATTERY WAS BUIT TO INDUSTRY STANDARDS. SEE N.F.P.A. -II0 FOR SPECIFIC DETAILS. CERTIFICATE REOUIRED ONLY ONCE PER BATTERY PART NUMBER. MAY NOT BE CALCIUM-CALCIUTYPE. NOTES: (CHARGE TYPE) ALL DRY CHARGED BATTERIES MUST BE SUPPLIED WITH ACTIVATION INSTRUCTIONS ADHERED TO BATTERY AND LOOSE. BATTERY MUST ALSO BE IDENTIFED ON TOP AS: "DRY CHARGED, MUST ADD BATTERY GRADE ELECTROLYTE, SEE ACTIVATION INSTRUCTIONS". BATTERIES SHOULD BE RECEIVED APPROPRIATELY MARKED AS DRYCHARGED OR WET STORAGE. ONE OF THE BATTERY POSTS MUST BE SHIELDED WHEN BATTERIES ARE WET CHARGED_ BATTERIES WHEN SHIPPED DRY - DO NOT REOUIRE POST PROTECTORS. NOTES: (BATTERY CONSTRUCTION) I) MUST BE LEAD - CALCIUM HYBRID OR LEAD - ANTIMONY TYPE. 2) LEAD - CALCIUM GRID. LAYOUT A 4D 9 8D A LAYOUT C 9 31 0 LAYOUT E REV DATE REVISION (SEE INDIVIDUAL PART NO. FOR REVISION LIVE BR 10 -22-07 BS 4 -7 -10 (0 -4) MI COLUMN ADDED (8 -7) 15.88;DIM LOCATIONS CORRECTED ID C-81 324586: 330.0 WAS 328.4, 173.0 WAS 171.2, 239.8 WAS 217.8. 324587: 330.2 WAS 333.2. 256984 & 225289: 273.0 WAS 270.0, 173.0 WAS 171.5. 228.6 WAS 225.6. 345197, 273.0 WAS 260.4, 228.6 WAS 225.6, 354147 S. 354148: 330.2 WAS 333.2 [833211 , I APPROVALS DATE IC-8) 345197 VOIDED PER 87080, 61475512 -*ill SLR. 2 -4 -80 'Aasslate lcul O ADDED 189560) BALI(`°TS E8.9 13 83;.., -fig RAD . 9 -20 -83 I 244578 LAYOUT B 0 9 LAYOUT D 9 24 85 ' I 5.5"5 5'455151 M"'" - i KOHLER CQ RIC-( PRO-E 1/ �IIX;tS10tS AtE 1• iriL1NTTEIS TI TOILMM IS AtI: 'POWER SYSTEMS. KOHLER, W1 53044 V.S.A. X.XX:o.25 1 11.Y * I.o THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL 15 KOHLER CO. X A 1.5 SNNNr nust(PROPERTY AND NMI NOT DE USED EXCEPT IN SAMIAwus t d 10• .T7-5'--!DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. CONNECTION 11TH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF wamw BATTERY or �DG 8 7 6 5 t 4 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 7 6 5 1 4 3 2 1 D C —I3 B A OVERVIEW: THE AUTOMATIC MULTI -LEVEL FLOAT/ EQUALIZE CHARGER SPECIFIED BELOW IS INTENDED TO CHARGE ENGINE STARTING BATTERIES EITHER INDEPENDENT OR IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN ENGINE DRIVEN CHARGING SYSTEM. BATTERY TYPES TO BE CHARGED: LEAD ACID GEL CELL INPUT: INPUT VOLTAGE: INPUT FREQUENCY: 90 -135 VOLTS AC 50/60 Hz INPUT LEAD: APPROXIMATELY 1.8M (72') (REF) TYPE SJTOW -40 °C TO 105 °C UL RATED WIRE. TERMINATED IN PRE - MOLDED US STYLE 120 V 3 PRONG AC PLUG. DC OUTPUT: AUTOMATIC FLOAT EQUALIZE STEADY FULL LOAD CURRENT: BULK ABSORPTION VOLTAGE: FLOAT VOLTAGE: BULK TO ABSORPTION TRANSITI ❑N: ABSORPTION TO FLOAT TRANSITION: CURRENT LIMIT OUTPUT POWER LIMITS: FLOAT TO ABSORPTION TRANSITI ❑N: LINE REGULATION ACROSS INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE: SPARK PROTECTI ❑N 6 AMPS 11.8 -14.0 VOLTS 14.0 -14.5 VOLTS 13.3 -14.5 VOLTS 14.0 VOLTS 1.5 AMPS 7 AMPS 70 +2/ -5 WATTS 2.06 VOLTS PER CELL @ 5.0 -6.0 AMPS @ 1.5 -5.0 AMPS @ 0.1 -1.5 AMPS 1% CONNECTION AND OPERATION OUTPUT LEAD: APPROX. 1.2M (48') (REF) TYPE SJT ❑OW -50'C TO 105°C UL RATED WIRE WITH RED AND BLACK WIRE INSULATION. TERMINATED IN 9.5 irt(REF) RING STYLE TERMINALS. FUSES: THE FUSE MUST BE LOCATED APPROXIMATELY 5' FROM RING TERMINAL ON RED OUTPUT LEAD. DC OUTPUT: RATED PER UL (125% RATED OUTPUT) ISOLATI ❑N: INPUT TO OUTPUT: 2500V ENVIRONMENTAL: STORAGE TEMPERATURE RANGE: OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: HUMIDITY: •VIBRATION AND SHOCK: -40 TO +70 °C ( -40 TO +158'F) -40 TO +70'C ( -40 TO +158'F) 0 TO 100% (CONDENSING) UL991 REVERSE POLARITY PROTECTION: THE CHARGER SHALL SUSTAIN NO DAMAGE WHEN INCORRECTLY CONNECTED TO THE BATTERY IN REVERSE ORIENTATION. MOUNTING: SHALL HAVE INTERGRAL MTG. FLANGES. ENCLOSURE: SHALL PROTECT THE CHARGER COMPONETS FROM RAIN, SNOW, DUST AND DRIPPING WATER. ALL INTERNAL COMPONENTS PROTECTED FROM WATER DROPLETS. INDICATORS: SHALL HAVE CHARGE INDICAT ❑R LAMP TO INDICATE BULK CHARGE AND FLOAT CHARGE CYCLES. OPERATIONAL: CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING AN INDEFINITE OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT WITHOUT DAMAGE TO THE CHARGER. SHALL OPERATE PROPERLY AND SUSTAIN NO DAMAGE WHEN CONNECTED TO INPUT POWER WHILE CONNECTED TO THE BATTERY AND CHARGING SYSTEM OF ENGINE WHILE ENGINE IS CRANKED, RUNNING OR SHUTDOWN. DOCUMENTATION: THERE SHALL BE AN INSTALLATION / OPERATIONAL MANUAL SUPPLIED WITH EACH CHARGER. PER KOHLER SUPPLIED ARTWORK. CERTIFICATIONS (US AND CANADA): MUST COMPLY WITH UL2200 UL1236 MUST MEET CSA REQUIREMENTS EMI / RFI FCC CLASS B COMPLIANT AFTER CHARGER DATE CODE 8/26/04 PRODUCT LABELING: THE LABEL ATTACHED TO THE CHARGER SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: UL LISTING KOHLER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF ALL INDICATOR ALLOWABLE RANGE OF BATTERY UNIT CAPACITY ALLOWABLE BATTERY TYPES OUTPUT CURRENT AND VOLTAGE INPUT VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY 8 7 6 PACKAGING: EACH CHARGER TO BE SHIPPED IN 254r)ri x 152r1r1 x 89nm (10' x 6' x 3.5') (REF) CARTON WITH AN APPROPRIATE LABEL ATTACHED. AN OPERATIONAL / INSTALLATION MANUAL SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH EACH INDIVIDUAL PACKAGE. PACKAGING LABEL: THE PACKAGING LABEL SHALL CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING INFORMATI ❑N: KOHLER P/N DESCRIPTION - BATTERY CHARGER MFG. MODEL NO. MFG. PART NUMBER DATE CODE WARRANTY: 2 YEAR FROM DATE OF PURCHASE FROM MANUFACTURE. 4X 06.00 BLACK LETTERING ON YELLOW BACKGROUND 164.0 143.5 10.3 ti () l■ CO OUTPUT LEADS - (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) FUSE '(SEE SPECIFICATIONS) 5 t INPUT LEADS (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) REV DATE A 5 -1 -03 REVISION (D- 8)UPDATED INPUT LEAD: NOTE;(C- 8)UPDATED OUTPUT LEAD: 6 FUSES: NOTES; (B -3) ADDED COLOR, FUSE 6 LENGHT NOTES TO OUTPUT LEADS) (C -3) 'BATTERY CHARGER' REMOVED FROM DECAL; BY (69512] 8 10 -7 -04 (A -8) CLASS B COMPLIANT AFTER CHARGER DATE CODE 8/26/04 WAS CLASS A COMPLIANT;C73350] C 2 -12 -07 (C -3) UPDATE DRAWING TO MATCH LABEL ON PART, ADD UL FILERE227501;(806823 BTW BTW MESS Pella SEEMED - D WORM ARE DI I0.1DETERS D Tamers 0RD x.xx • azs POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, VI 53044 U SA ■X t W THIS )RAVING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL 15 KOHLER CO. x 15 SUEATt •00D1 PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT W ANGLES C 3D' / MAX CONNECTION WITH KEHLER CO WORK. AU. RIGHTS OF d DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. Tm 431.--8 °"` BATTERY CHARGER, APPROVALS DATE 12V -6A FLOAT EQUALIZES p1°" BTV 11 1 02 ac.c ML I w m t1 JS 11 1 02 YR 0 GM28341 KOHLER Ca !METRIC! PRO -E BTW "e° ° DB 11 -1 -02 °''" I of 1 (D 4 3 2 1 I 1 r1 , % @% L% DD)IUT1R MIER PO.JER SYSTEMS Iona Tin 6 BATTERY Q NRG(R Res VOLTS. DD-NR AIPSY 5.0•60 Res I Green VOLTS. w3 5 AIPSY Is- ire t1 .�T3 CAUTION. To reduce the. risk of electrical shock, connect only to EN-01301-1y Erourded outlet. UPUT. 115 VAC 50/60117 a L6A (D)TPUL 12 VI1C e 6 Asps NAX BAT, 180 A Fir. Max S LISTED 1p x. D DATE. 2601551 A11060E4 battery Typep lead kb and Get Cet1 ti () l■ CO OUTPUT LEADS - (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) FUSE '(SEE SPECIFICATIONS) 5 t INPUT LEADS (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) REV DATE A 5 -1 -03 REVISION (D- 8)UPDATED INPUT LEAD: NOTE;(C- 8)UPDATED OUTPUT LEAD: 6 FUSES: NOTES; (B -3) ADDED COLOR, FUSE 6 LENGHT NOTES TO OUTPUT LEADS) (C -3) 'BATTERY CHARGER' REMOVED FROM DECAL; BY (69512] 8 10 -7 -04 (A -8) CLASS B COMPLIANT AFTER CHARGER DATE CODE 8/26/04 WAS CLASS A COMPLIANT;C73350] C 2 -12 -07 (C -3) UPDATE DRAWING TO MATCH LABEL ON PART, ADD UL FILERE227501;(806823 BTW BTW MESS Pella SEEMED - D WORM ARE DI I0.1DETERS D Tamers 0RD x.xx • azs POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, VI 53044 U SA ■X t W THIS )RAVING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL 15 KOHLER CO. x 15 SUEATt •00D1 PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT W ANGLES C 3D' / MAX CONNECTION WITH KEHLER CO WORK. AU. RIGHTS OF d DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. Tm 431.--8 °"` BATTERY CHARGER, APPROVALS DATE 12V -6A FLOAT EQUALIZES p1°" BTV 11 1 02 ac.c ML I w m t1 JS 11 1 02 YR 0 GM28341 KOHLER Ca !METRIC! PRO -E BTW "e° ° DB 11 -1 -02 °''" I of 1 (D 4 3 2 1 I 1 08/06/2010 Controlled 8 7 6 5 4 3 HOSE BARB 16 [.63] I.D. HOSE 2 PLACES CO Co m OUTLET PLACE PART NUMBER DECAL ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF INLET AND ABOVE MOUNTING RING INLET 1372 [54] OVERALL CORD LENGTH 254 [10] 11 B" LENGTH TYPE 1 CORD STYLE A IN -BLOCK THERMOSTAT THREAD "A" STYLE B IN -BLOCK THERMOSTAT THREAD "A" TERMINATE EACH LEAD WITH A 1/4 INCH INSULATED FEMALE PUSH -ON TERMINAL LEADS TO BE LABELED WITH WIRE MARKERS BY SUPPUER. LABEL 1219 [48] Ra MI V 9 -18-03 91 1 -12-05 X 5 -15-06 Y 2 -10-09 2 10-27 -09 AA 8-7 -10 Rf\B01 (8-8) 01131942 & 0101943 ADDED. (70912] Ric (D-6) mar NUMBER NOTE ADDED [74045] SAr 0-4) 08001 TYPE 3 03RD & ADDED 01142842 110052763211 R181 (A-8) 326224 V01093 [86396 -1] SAN (A-8) 326224 REINSTAIED [86706) SAM (8-6) CN7555.2 ANO 0675653 90060 [89926 -1) REVISION BLOCK INDICATES REVISION LEVEL OF DRAIBI0 NOT PART REVISION. SEE PART REVISION LEVEL 8E1410D PART NWIBER FOR CURSOR PART REVISION LEVEL. TYPE 2 CORD STYLE D IN -BLOCK THERMOSTAT COPPER WASHER INCLUDED THREAD GM75553 AA 240 GM75552 AA 120 GM62682 X 120 GM31943 W 240 B GM31942 W 120 GM28585 W 120 GM24948 W 120 GM24947 W 240 GM23006 W 240 GM23005 W- 120 2000 8.3 1800 15.0 1000 4.2 1000 6.3 IN BLOCK /A 27738'C[80/100' F] 1000 12.5 IN BLOCK /A 27/38'C[80/100 F] 1000 8.3 1800 15.0 IN BLOCK /A 2000 8.3 IN BLOCK /A 2000 8.3 IN BLOCK /D 1800 15.0 IN BLOCK /D 38749'C [1007120'FL 38749t [100/120'F] 27/38'C [80/100F] 27/38'C [80/100F] 2T/38'C[807100'F] 27/38'C[80/100F1 2T/38'C[807100F] 49760'C[1207140'F] 49760C[120/140F] 27/38'C[80/100F] 49760C1120/14011 49'/60C[ 120/140F] 49760C[120/140'F] 49760C[120/1401 FIG -3 2 IN -BASE SENSING UNIT ONLY FIG -2 2 IN -BASE SENSING UNIT ONLY FIG -4 3 1/2 NPT FIG -3 1372[54.0] 1 1/2 NPT FIG -1 1372 [54.01 1 FIG -1 M14 -1.5 METRIC F1G -2 M14 -1.5 METRIC F1G -3 28- 1.25 69 METRIC F1G-3 28 -1.25 6g METRIC FIG -2 2 1575 [62.01 1 1575 [62.0] 1 762 [30.0] 762 [30.01 1 CORD THERMOSTAT [40/601 324931 W 240 324930 W 120 358327 W 240 358311 W 120 352946 W 240 352945 W 120 2000 8.3 IN BLOCK /B 38749'C 1007120F 1800 15.0 IN BLOCK /B 38'/49'C [100/1201 1000 4.2 1000 4.2 49760C 120/140F1 49'/60C[120/140 i 2T/38'C[807100 11 27/38'C[80/100 11 1/2 NPT FIG -3 1575 [62.0] 1/2 NPT FIG -2 1575 [62.0] 1 F1G -3 2 IN -BASE SENSING • UNIT ONLY F1G -1 2 IN -BASE SENSING UNIT ONLY 1500 6.3 1500 12.5 2T/38'C[80/100' F] 27/38'C[80/100 FIG -3 1219 [48.0] 2 IN -BASE SENSING UNIT ONLY 19 F1G -1 1219 [48.0] IN -BASE SENSING UNIT ONLY 336703 W 120 326248 W 240 326247 W 120 326235 W 240 326234 W 120 326229 W 240 326228 W 120 326224 Z 240 326222 W 120 326221 W 240 326220 W 120 1500 12.5 IN HOSE /C 16'/27C [60/80 F} 38749'C [10071201] FIG -1 1372 [54.0] 1500 6.3 IN BLOCK /A 38'/49'C [100/1201 49760C[120/140F1 5/8 -18 UNF 2A F1G -3 1372 [54.0] 1 1500 12.5 IN BLOCK /A 38749.0 [100/1201] 2000 8.3 IN BLOCK /A 38749'C [100/120F] 1800 15.0 IN BLOCK /A 38149'C [1007120'F] 1500 6.3 IN BLOCK /A 38749'C [1007120'F] 1500 12.5 IN BLOCK /A 38749'C [100 /120FL 1000 4.2 IN HOSE/C 27/38'C[80/100 Fl 1000 8.3 IN HOSE /C 27/38'C[80/100 1] 1000 4.2 IN BLOCK /A 38749'C [1001120F] 1000 8.3 IN BLOCK /A 38749'C [100/120'Ft 49760C[120/140F] 49760C[120/1401) 49760C[120/140 F] 497601C1207140F1 49760C[120/140F1 38749t [100/120'F] 38749T [100/120'F] 49'/60C[120/140 F1 5/8 -18 UNF 2A 1/2 NPT 1/2 NPT 1/2 NPT 1/2 NPT FIG -1 FIG -3 FIG-2 FI6 -3 FIG -1 FIG -3 FIG -1 5/8 -18 UNF 2A FIG -3 49760C[120/140F] 518 -18 UNF 2A F1G -1 1372 [54.0] 1 1575 [62.0] 1 1575 [62.0] 1 1372 [54.0] 1 1372 [54.0] 1 1372 [54.0] 1 1372 [54.0] 1 1372 [54.0] 1 1372 [54.0] 1 PART NO. REV VOLTS WATTS AMPS THERMOSTAT TYPE /STYLE REMOTE SENSOR TEMP. RANGE 8 7 TANK SENSOR TEMP. RANGE 6 THREAD SIZE PLUG CONFIG. LENGTH • CORD TYPE REMARKS 1219 [48] OVERALL CORD LENGTH 120 V. 15 A. NEMA 5 -15P FIGURE 1 120 V. 20 A. NEMA 5 -20P 240 V. 15 A. NEMA 6 -15P FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3 PLUG CONFIGURATION 120 V. 15 A. FIGURE 4 NOTE DIM IN [ ] ARE INCH. EQUIVALENTS METRIC CAD FILE n. ens10 'u 96E O s® - . WtE70B a>oa m amount u m84a A1£ a r. a ® ' imam PA xit * 19Dss SUPRCE MEN i : m 1•9X S16 r1AaL memo 9 MUM 471r @- -a KOHLER CO RIM MIDS. =Ink ■ 87044 USA 116 mum r caw No 8942. 610469 � /WPM MO IWO NW 6: 6a MOT • 9096701 !8 OMrR 9n SUM ALL 116 OF 9®11 @ 66m1 AE IMAM IOW APNOIALS 691E mom 19s aeon a 8 -27-93 8 -30-93 HEATER, BLOCK NNW. cr 8 -30-93 mu NONE la.• 1s I. 328720060 1 -1 326220 5 4 NAND IKE 1 8 7 6 ( KIT NUMBER BASE GRP. ITEM 1 ITEM 2 ITEM 3 ITEM 4 GM20968 —KA1 326228 25450 00062 (2.33 FT) 25450 00062 (4.67 FT) GM20968 —KA2 326229 X- 312 -35 (REF) X- 312 -49 (REF) 5 4 3 1 2 1 GM20968 —KA3 VOLTAGE WATTAGE 120 1500 240 VIEW G/J MODEL 100/125/150 JD 608TF /HF, TIER I 135/150/180 JD 6068HF, TIER I1 326228 25450 00062 (1.21 FT) 25450 00062 (4.33 FT) GM20968 —KA4 GM20968 —KB 326229 (REF) X- 312 -57 (REF) ( F) GM20968 —KA5 326234 25450 00062 (2.33 FT) X- 312 -35 (REF) GM20968 —KA6 D 326235 25450 00062 (1.83 FT) X -312 -5 (REF) 120 240 1500 G/H 50/60/80 JD 4045TF, TIER 1 50/60/80/100 JD 4045TF /HF, TIER 11 X -211 -1 120 1800 240 2000 K 180 /200 JD 6068HF, TIER II, 111 125/150 JD 6068HF TIER III ENGINE BLOCK N 227642 X -582 -1 X- 426 -10 (2) VIEW G VIEW A -A 273692 NOTE: POSTION HOSE IN CLAMP SO HOSE DOES NOT KINK. ROUTE BLOCK HEATER HOSE ACROSS & UNDER FRONT EDGE OF THE OIL PAN. 326219 M933- 08020 -60 (2) (EXP) M6923 -08 -80 (2) (EXP) ENGINE BLOCK 273692 THERMOSTAT HOUSING NOTE: HAND TIGHTEN THERMOSTAT HOUSING TO THERMOSTAT WELL OR TORQUE TO 21 Nm [15 FT —LBS) (MAX) 279047 VIEW B -B VIEW H 273693 M933- 06020 -60 (2) (EXP) M125A -06-80 (2) (EXP) M6923 -06 -80 (2) (EXP) X -582 -1 X- 426 -10 (2) VIEW C -C 326219 M933- 08020 -60 (2) (EXP) M6923 -08 -80 (2) (EXP) VIEW J 51' REF VIEW D -D M933 - 06020 -60 (2) (EXP) M125A -06 -80 (2) (EXP) M6923 -06 -80 (2) (EXP) X- 426 -10 (2) WM ME RY1•66 R 2 -22-06 S 3 -19-07 1:1)-5) C1120960-1013 & IFA 125/120 a rot • ADDED. (77443) 1/I 160 (D-7) -106 t -611 an z (1.21 11) OM (1.42 Fr) ! 6-312-4 (REF) MPS 6-312 -17 (REF) (617700 0R T 10 -15-09 (D-7) -611 f 1612 2.33 R 163 230x - 312 -46 1196 2-312 -24 -WS t KNS 233 ET MPS 3.75 M. 2- 312 -35 MS X- 312-36. 1.63 R MPS 2.33 FL 6-312-0 9615 6- 312-36 (66370] 326219 M933 - 08020 -60 (2) (EXP) M6923 -08 -80 (2) (EXP) ENGINE BLOCK GM11694 GM22991 X -582 -1 VIEW F -F BLOCK HEATER KITS 1500- 2000W, 120V/240V 4045TF/6068HF M933- 06020 -60 (2) (EXP) M125A -06 -80 (2) (EXP) M6923 -06 -80 (2) (EXP) VIEW K NOTE EXPENCE SCREWS, NUTS, AND WASHERS ARE LISTED AS "EXP" AND ARE NOT SPECIFIED ON BILLS OF MATERIAL FOR PROPER ASSEMBLY METHOD, USE G -585 AS A GUIDELINE. METRIC CAD FILE 6133 696999E SveKl6 - 1) 066016 162.111•11110116 X66KKfS 102*035 SMOKE RIM • � 71'• !IA O M16367K KOHLER ca P066 2610 12 MUER. • 5.644 USA 66 BILK 61190 M6 SEWS 093E m 146136 /1• IMF 66 112 16E9 UMW • m9611M 1•M 6166 MOIL 6S MOOS BF 0166 M MOM AM MOOED APPROVALS COMM MR 6-7-01 6-7-01 JOHN DEERE "'°'° DWG ASSY BLOCK HEATER .17 XP r*". 3009•8096 p® 1 -4 SLI 8 7 1 6 1 5 4 r 3 1 s 2 6 -13-01 ` e I"31°°1• GM20968 I D C A 8 7 6 4 3 2 -A BREAKER FRAME H J L D L /CU MECHANICAL LUGS PER PHASE AMPS 40 -150 175 200 -250 300 -400 150 -400 WIRE RANGE ONE #14 TO 3/0 ONE I/O TO 4/0 ONE 3/0 TO 350 KCMIL ONE #1 TO 600 KCMIL A WIRE BENDING 427 [16.8] 413 [16.3] 369 [14.5] ONE #2 TO 500 KCMIL AL ONE #2 TO 600 KCMIL CU 600 TWO 2/0 TO 350 KCMIL AL TWO 2/0 TO 500 KCMIL CU 362 [14.2] M 700 -800 P 600 -800 THREE 3/0 TO 500 KCMIL 341 [13.4] 600A NEUTRAL 8 7 STANDARD BREAKER COMBINATIONS BREAKER 1 BREAKER 2 COMMENT H J L D STD OR GFI M P STD OR GFI H H J H OR J L H,JORL D H, J, L OR D NO GFI M OR P H, J. L OR D NO GFI NEUTRAL BREAKER I REAKER 2 (800A SHOWN) (P -FRAME SHOWN) J (J -FRAME SHOWN) © OO O 0 O 0 © O 0 0 v 1 DO Fin Pri .{111 C) 0 14. 3 [0.56] 44.5 [1.75] 22 [0.91 89 6 [3.5] (4) t7 Tih on Tf I IOl I I ilOI11OtlllOh1 I1 1111 1-111 u 0 00 LOAD LUGS (SEE CHART) SHOWN WITH COVERS REMOVED (ALL VIEWS) LINE CIRCUIT BREAKER (LCB) KITS 4S /4SW /4V /4W ALTERNATOR FRAME STYLES 5 4 NOTES: 1) SEE UNIT DIMENSION PRINT (ADV -XXXX) FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONS, JUNCTION BOX AND STUB -UP LOCATION. 2) ADD SKID DEPTH TO WIRE BENDING HEIGHTS ON THIS PRINT TO ARRIVE AT FULL WIRE - BENDING SPACE. 3) CONSULT FACTORY FOR BREAKER COMBINATIONS NOT SHOWN ON THIS PRINT. 4) MECHANICAL LUGS ARE AVAILABLE FOR NEUTRAL. SEE ADV -7376. 5) NEUTRALS ARE BONDED TO GROUND AS STANDARD. CONSULT LOCAL CODES OR SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. 6) CIRCUIT BREAKER FRAMES REFER TO STANDARD SQUARE -D PRODUCT. 7) STANDARD NEUTRALS PROVIDED ARE SIZED FOR MAXIMUM UNIT AMPS. GFI NEUTRALS ARE MATCHED TO THEIR CIRCUIT BREAKER AMPS. 8) DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE INCHES. U 0 O 0 O 0 0 VIEW FROM ENGINE END (HALF VIEW SHOWN) REV DATE ON COMPOSITE DW6S, SEE PART N0. FOR REVISION LEVEL 5 -16 -01 NEW DRAWING (796777 BY WSD YAMS 01000000 SPMCIf - 11 0)0000)005 Alf 10 :1161.101-01$ 0) 101100 tS AK: maul f ■•00 NAX. 'Piro` AT APPROVALS DATE uAn WSD 5 16 07 KOHLER CQ 'METRIC J .PRO -E POWER SYSTEMS. KOHLER. Wt 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. nA DIMENSION PRINT c.cc00 WSD 5 16 07 'c"i1 [ONE Ica n. 3 2 AJN 5 -16 -07 ADV -7371 15,A)I of FD— C E PART NO. REV AMPS VENDOR NO. GM47475 -1 40 HDL36040 GM47475 -2 GM47475 -3 D 60 HDL36060 70 HDL36070 GM47475 -4 B GM47475 -5 80 HDL36080 90 HDL36090 GM47475 -6 100 HDL36100 GM47475 -7 125 HDL36125 GM47475 -8 150 HDL36150 2X 05.60 NOTES: — — 38.0 1.6 • • SUGGESTED PANEL CUTOUT & MOUNTING AL150HD LUGS EACH END (REF) (1.) #14 — #10 AWG, TORQUE 5 Nm [50 IN —LBS] OR (1) #8 -3/0 AWG, TORQUE 14 Nm [120 IN —LB] HARDWARE INCLUDED: (2) #8 -32 SCREWS 2x 05.10 104.7 0 v O I 34.8 35.0 --- REV DATE REVISION EN 10 -21 -05 NEW DRAWING [76459] RAC REVISION BLOCK INDICATES REVISION LEVEL OF DRAWING NOT PART REVISION. SEE PART REVISION LEVEL BEHIND PART NUMBER FOR CURRENT PART REVISION LEVEL 110.8 CO CV CD 87.4 METRIC CAD FILE MODELLED IN PRO /E UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED — 1) OIIEIGDNS AROUIMEIERS 2 TOLERANCES ARE E IN 1 x.XX * 0.25 Kx ± t.o DACE ROSH X ±1.5 ANGLES* 0'30' 7—ustt fl KOHLER CQ POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, WI 53044 U.S.A. THIS ORA.WNC, IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION NTH KOHLER CO. RCM ALL PERTS OF DESIGN OR V *ELATION ARE RESERVED. APPROVALS DATE. CRON SQUARE D HD —FRAME CIRCUIT BREAKER THERMAL MAGNETIC 3 POLE TOGGLE LUG —LUG "° DECKED RAC 10 -21 -05 JMS 6 -13 -06 DWG, CIRCUIT BREAKER scmz NONE re Mot GM47475.DWG Imo` 1 -1 D. w. D C B A 6M53097 -KP1 LUG, #6 AWG -3/0 AWG X3 (USE WITH NEUTRAL WITH 2 -HOLE MTG) 44.5 [1.75] 37.7 7.9 [1.48] 1 [0.31] e) CIO CD Op u 0 0 o v 119.9 [4.72] 6.4 [0.25] - 31.8 [1.25] GM53097 -KPZ LUG, #6 AWG -350 KCMIL X3 (USE WITH NEUTRAL WITH 2 -HOLE MTG) cQ 1) N 34.9 [1.38] GM53097 -11Y5 LUG, #6 AWG -350 KCMIL X4 (USE WITH NEUTRAL WITH 4 -HOLE MTG) 44.5 44. 5 [1.75] 18.3 6.4 In 1- 00 0 0 n o 81.0 [3.19] [0.72] 31.8 [0.25] 05 [1.25] GM53097 -KP3 LUG, #6 AWG -350 KCMIL X3 (USE WITH NEUTRAL WITH 4 -HOLE MTG) 49.2 [1.75] [1.94] 0 0 O O 142.9 NOTES: I) ALL LUGS ARE SIZED FOR 1/2" MOUNTING HARDWARE. 2) ALL KITS ARE SUPPLIED WITH 1/2" HARDWARE FOR MOUNTING TO BUS UP TO 3/8" THICK. 3) REFER TO CIRCUIT BREAKER ADV'S FOR NEUTRAL TYPE. 4) DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE INCHES. [5.63] 38.1 [1.50] GM53097 -KP6 LUG, #2 AWG -600 KCMIL X4 (USE ONLY WITH 4UA NEUTRAL WITH 4 -HOLE MTG) 44.5 31.0 [1.75] [1.22] • 1n v 1- n 0 0 106.4 [4.19] i _9.5 [0.38] 38.1 [1.50] GM53097 -KP4 LUG, #2 AWG -600 KCMIL X3 (USE WITH NEUTRAL WITH 4 -HOLE MTG) 16.5 - [0.65] 0 7.9 [0.31] 33.0 [ 46.0 [1.30] [1.81] GM53097 -KP7 LUG, I/O AWG -750 KCMIL XI REV DATE 7-12-07 REVISION NEW DRAWING [796717 BY WSD UNLESS 0TNLIIISE SPECIFIED - 11 DIIDSIOIS ASE ID NRLINETESS 21 TOESAELU ME: 0.00 & 0.25 I.0 f 1.0 I ± 1.5 =FACE FIIISN ANGLES ± 3 30. V NAY. KOHLER Ca 'METRIC! PRO -E POWER SYSTEMS. KOHLER, WI 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL 15 KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. TNIII9 AMU ,1"1tt)IA APPROVALS DATE WSD 7 1201 DIMENSION PRINT LUG KITS COUSIN 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 WSD AJH 7 1201 KAU NONE IUiO 1 1 of 1 7-12 -07 ADV -7376 1 • IMO • OM • NM MI • 11011 • MI • =I • MN MS NM Generator Set/Transfer Switch Installation Checklist This document has generic content and some items may not apply to some applications. Check only the items that apply to the specific application. Read and understand all of the safety precautions found in the Operation and Installation Manuals. Make the following installation checks before performing the Startup Checklist. Note: Use this form as a general guide, along with any applicable codes or standards. Comply with all applicable codes and standards. Improper installation voids the warranty. Equipment Room or Weather Housing Does Not Yes Apply ❑ ❑ 1. Is the equipment installed in a fire - resistant room (made of non - combustible material) or in an outdoor weather housing? ❑ ❑ 2. Is there adequate clearance between the engine and floor for service maintenance? Is there emergency lighting available at the equipment room or weather housing? ❑ ❑ 4. Is there adequate heating for the equipment room or outdoor weather housing? Is the equipment room clean with all materials not related to the emergency power supply system removed? ❑ ❑ 6. Is the equipment room protected with a fire protection system? ❑ ❑ 3. 0 L 5. Engine and Mounting ❑ 7. Is the mounting surface(s) properly constructed and leveled? ❑ 8. Is the mounting surface made from non - combustible material? ❑ 9. Was the generator -to- engine alignment performed after attaching the skid to the mounting base? Generator sets with two - bearing generators require alignment. Lubrication ❑ ❑ 10. Is the engine crankcase filled with the specified oil? Cooling and Ventilation ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 11. Is the cooling system filled with the manufacturer's specified coolant/antifreeze and purged of air? 12. Is there adequate inlet and outlet air flow (electric louvers adjusted and ventilation fan motor(s) connected to the corresponding voltage)? ❑ ❑ 13. Is the radiator duct properly sized and connected to the air vent or louver? ❑ ❑ 14. Are flexible sections installed in the cooling water lines? Fuel ❑ ❑ 15. Is there an adequate /dedicated fuel supply? ❑ ❑ 16. Are the fuel filters installed? ❑ ❑ 17. Are the fuel tanks and piping installed in accordance with applicable codes and standards? ❑ ❑ 18. Is there adequate fuel transfer tank pump lift capacity and is the pump motor connected to the corresponding voltage? ❑ ❑ 19. Is the fuel transfer tank pump connected to the emergency power source? ❑ ❑ 20. Are flexible fuel lines installed between the engine fuel inlet and fuel piping? ❑ ❑ 21. Is the specified gas pressure available at the fuel regulator inlet? ❑ ❑ 22. Does the gas solenoid valve function? ❑ ❑ 23. Are the manually operated fuel and cooling water valves installed allowing manual operation or bypass of the solenoid valves? Exhaust ❑ ❑ 24. Is the exhaust line sized per guidelines and does it have flexible connector(s)? Is the flexible connector(s) straight? Does Not Yes Apply ❑ ❑ 25. Is there an exhaust line condensate trap with a drain installed? ❑ ❑ 26. Is the specified silencer installed and are the hanger and mounting hardware tightened? 13 13 27. Is a heat - isolating thimble(s) installed at points where exhaust lines pass through combustible wall(s) or partition(s)? ❑ ❑ 28. Is the exhaust line free of excessive bends and restrictions? Is the backpressure within specifications? ❑ ❑ 29. Is the exhaust line installed with a downward pitch toward the outside of the building? ❑ ❑ 30. Is the exhaust line protected from entry by rain, snow, and animals? ❑ ❑ 31. Does the exhaust system outlet location prevent entry of exhaust gases into buildings or structures? ❑ ❑ 32. Are individuals protected from exposure to high temperature exhaust parts and are hot parts safety decals present? AC Electrical System ❑ ❑ 33. Does the nameplate voltage /frequency of the generator set and transfer switch match normal /utility source ratings? ❑ ❑ 34. Do the generator set load conductors have adequate ampacity and are they correctly connected to the circuit breakers and /or the emergency side of the transfer switch? Are the load conductors, engine starting cables, battery charger cables, and remote annunciator leads installed in separate conduits? ❑ ❑ 36. Is the battery charger AC circuit connected to the corresponding voltage? ID 13 35. Transfer Switch, Remote Control System, Accessories ❑ ❑ 37. Is the transfer switch mechanism free of binding? Note: Disconnect all AC sources and operate the transfer switch manually. ❑ ❑ 38. Are the transfer switch AC conductors correctly connected? Verify lead designations using the appropriate wiring diagrams. ❑ ❑ 39. Is all other wiring connected, as required? Batteries and DC Electrical System ❑ ❑ 40. Does the battery(ies) have the specified CCA rating and voltage? ❑ ❑ 41. Is the battery(ies) filled with electrolyte and connected to the battery charger? ❑ ❑ 42. Are the engine starting cables connected to the battery (ies)? ❑ ❑ 43. Do the engine starting cables have adequate length and gauge? ❑ ❑ 44. Is the battery(ies) installed with adequate air ventilation? ❑ ❑ 45. Are the ends of all spark plug wires properly seated onto the coil /distributor and the spark plug? Special Requirements ❑ ❑ 46. Is the earthquake protection adequate for the equipment and support systems? ❑ ❑ 47. Is the equipment protected from lightning damage? 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Generator Set/Transfer Switch Startup Checklist This document has generic content and some items may not apply to some applications. Check only the items that apply to the specific application. Read and understand all of the safety precautions found in the Operation and Installation Manuals. Complete the Installation Checklist before performing the initial startup checks. Refer to Service Bulletin 616 for Warranty Startup Procedure Requirements regarding generator set models with ECM - controlled engines. Does Not Yes Apply ❑ ❑ 1. Verify that the engine is filled with oil and the cooling system is filled with coolant /antifreeze. ❑ ❑ 2. Prime the fuel system. ❑ ❑ 3. Open all water and fuel valves. Temporarily remove the radiator cap to eliminate air in the cooling system. Replace radiator cap in step 21. ❑ ❑ 4. Place the generator set master switch in the OFF /RESET position. Observe Not -in -Auto lamp and alarm, if equipped, on the controller. ❑ ❑ 5. Press the lamp test, if equipped on controller. Do all the alarm lamps on the panel illuminate? ❑ ❑ 6. Open the main line circuit breakers, open the safeguard breaker, and /or remove fuses connected to the generator set output leads. 7. Turn down the speed control (electronic governor) or speed screw (mechanical governor).* 8. Verify the presence of lube oil in the turbocharger, if equipped. See the engine and /or generator set operation manual. 9. Place the generator set master switch in the RUN position. Allow the engine to start and run for several seconds. ❑ ❑ 10. Verify that the day tank, if equipped, is energized. ❑ ❑ 11. Place the generator set master switch in the OFF /RESET position. Check for oil, coolant, and exhaust leaks. 12. Turn on the water /oil heaters and fuel lift pumps. 13. Check the battery charger ammeter for battery charging indication. ❑ ❑ 14. Place the generator set master switch in the RUN position. Verify whether there is sufficient oil pressure. Check for oil, coolant, and exhaust leaks. ❑ ❑ 15. Close the safeguard circuit breaker. Adjust the engine speed to 50/60 Hz if equipped with an electronic governor or to 52.8/63 Hz if equipped with a mechanical governor.* ❑ ❑ 16. If the speed is unstable, adjust according to the appropriate engine and /or governor manual.* 17. Adjust the AC output voltage to match the load voltage using the voltage adjusting control. See the generator set/controller operation manual. 18. Allow the engine to reach normal operating coolant temperature. 19. Check the operating temperature on city water - cooled models and adjust the thermostatic valve as necessary. 20. Manually overspeed the engine to cause an engine shutdown (68 -70 Hz on 60 Hz models and 58 -60 Hz on 50 Hz models). Place the generator set master switch in the OFF /RESET position.* 21. Check the coolant level, add coolant as necessary, and replace the radiator cap. Verify that all hose clamps are tight and secure. ❑ ❑ 22. Place the generator set master switch in the RUN position. ❑ ❑ 23. Verify the engine low oil pressure and high coolant temperature shutdowns.* ❑ ❑ 24. Check the overcrank shutdown.* ❑ ❑ 25. Place the generator set master switch in the OFF /RESET position. ❑ ❑ 26. Open the normal source circuit breaker or remove fuses to the transfer switch. ❑ ❑ 27. Disconnect the power switching device and logic controller wire harness at the inline disconnect plug at the transfer switch. 28. Manually transfer the load to the emergency source. ❑ ❑ 0 0 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 0 0 0 ❑ ❑ 0 Does Not Yes Apply ❑ ❑ 29. Close the normal source circuit breaker or replace fuses to the transfer switch. ❑ ❑ 30. Check the normal source voltage, frequency, and phase sequence on three -phase models. The normal source must match the load. ❑ ❑ 31. Open the normal source circuit breaker or remove fuses to the transfer switch. ❑ ❑ 32. Manually transfer the load to the normal source. ❑ ❑ 33. Close the generator set main line circuit breakers, close the safeguard breaker, and /or replace the fuses connected to the transfer switch. 34. Place the generator set master switch in the RUN position. ❑ ❑ 35. Check the generator set voltage, frequency, and phase sequence on three -phase models. The generator set must match normal source and load. ❑ ❑ 36. Place the generator set master switch in the OFF /RESET position. ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 37. Open the generator set main line circuit breakers, open the safeguard breaker, and /or remove the fuses connected to the transfer switch. Reconnect the power switching device and logic controller wire harness at the inline disconnect plug at the transfer switch. Close the normal source circuit breaker or replace fuses to the transfer switch. Place the generator set master switch to the AUTO position. Close the generator set main line circuit breakers, close the safeguard breaker, and /or replace the fuses connected to the transfer switch. Place the transfer switch in the TEST position (load test or open normal source circuit breaker). NOTE: Obtain permission from the building authority before proceeding. This procedure tests transfer switch operation and connects building load to generator set power. ❑ ❑ 42. Readjust frequency to 50 or 60 Hz with total building loads.* ❑ ❑ 43. Verify that the current phase is balanced for three phase systems. ❑ ❑ 44. Release the transfer switch test switch or close the normal circuit breaker. The transfer switch should retransfer to the normal source after appropriate time delay(s). ❑ ❑ 45. Allow the generator set to run and shut down automatically after the appropriate cool down time delay(s). ❑ ❑ 46. Set the plant exerciser to the customer's required exercise period, if equipped. ❑ ❑ 47. Verify that all options on the transfer switch are adjusted and functional for the customer's requirements. ❑ ❑ 48. If possible, run the building loads on the generator set for several hours or perform the load bank test if required. ❑ ❑ 49. Verify that all the wire connections from the generator set to the transfer switch and optional accessories are tight and secure. ❑ ❑ 50. Verify that the customer has the appropriate engine /generator set and transfer switch literature. Instruct the customer in the operation and maintenance of the power system. ❑ ❑ 51. Fill out the startup notification at this time and send the white copy to the Generator Warranty Dept. Include the warranty form if applicable. 0 38. ❑ ❑ 39. ❑ ❑ 40. ❑ ❑ 41. * Some models with an Engine Electronic Control Module (ECM) may limit or prohibit adjusting the engine speed or testing shutdowns. Refer to appropriate documentation available from the manufacturer. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY OFFICE OF TRANSPORTATION AND AIR QUALITY WASHINGTON, DC 20460 CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY 2010 MODEL YEAR Manufacturer: Engine Family: Certificate Number: Intended Service Class: Fuel Type: FELs: g/kW -hr Effective Date: Date Issued: JOHN DEERE POWER SYSTEMS AJDXL06.8104 JDX- NRCI -10 -19.1 NR 6 (130 -225) DIESEL NMHC +NOx: N/A NOx: N/A 12/16/2009 12/16/2009 PM: N/A Karl J. Simon, Director Compliance and Innovative Strategies Division Office of Transportation and Air Quality Pursuant to Section 111 and Section 213 of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. sections 7411 and 7547) and 40 CFR Part 60 and Part 89, and subject to the terms and conditions prescribed in those provisions, this certificate of conformity is hereby issued with respect to the test engines which have been found to conform to applicable requirements and which represent the following stationary and nonroad engines, by engine family, more fully described in the documentation required by 40 CFR Part 60 and 89, and produced in the stated model year. This certificate of conformity covers only those new stationary and nonroad compression- ignition engines which conform in all material respects to the design specifications that applied to those engines described in the documentation required by 40 CFR Part 60 and 89 and which are produced during the model year stated on this certificate of the said manufacturer, as defined in 40 CFR Part 60 and 89. It is a term of this certificate that the manufacturer shall consent to all inspections described in 40 CFR 89.129 -96 and 89.506 -96 and authorized in a warrant or court order. Failure to comply with the requirements of such a warrant or court order may lead to a revocation or suspension of this certificate for reasons specified in 40 CFR Part 89. It is also a term of this certificate that this certificate may be revoked or suspended or rendered void ab initio for other reasons specified in 40 CFR Part 89. This certificate does not cover stationary and nonroad engines sold, offered for sale, or introduced, or delivered for introduction, into commerce in the U.S. prior to the effective date of the certificate. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Rating Specific Emissions Data - John Deere Power Systems JOHN DEERE Rating Data Rating Certified Power (kW) Rated Speed Vehicle Model Number Units NOx HC NOx + HC Pm CO 6068HF285K 177 1800 OEM (Gen Set) g /kW -hr g /hp -hr 3.4 2.5 0.1 0.1 3.5 2.6 0.12 0.09 1.1 0.8 Certificate Data Engine Model Year EPA Family Name EPA JD Name EPA Certificate Number CARB Executive Order Parent of Family Units NOx HC NOx + HC Pm CO 2010 AJDXL06.8104 350HAB JDX- NRCI -10 -19.1 U -R- 004 -0386 6068H F285A g/kW-hr 3.4 0.2 3.6 0.18 1.3 * The emission data listed is measured from a laboratory tes engine according to the test procedures of 40 CFR 89 or 40 CFR 1039, as applicable. The test engine is intended to represent nominal production hardware, and w e do not guarantee that every production engine w ill have identical test results. The family parent data represents multiple ratings and this data may have been collected at a different engine speed and Toad. Emission results may vary due to engine manufacturing tolerances, engine operating conditions, fuels used, or other conditions beyond our control. This information is property of Deere & Company. It is provided solely for the purpose of obtaining certification or permits of Deere pow ered equipment. Unauthorized distribution of this information is prohibited Emissions Query V1.4.xls run on Jan -15 -2010 JDPS 1/15/2010 Page 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT 21865 East Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765 Application No. 462955 Page 1 011070111110,1S ZQUJLeta"1[1_�l l 11 flr o o r/k Row 0 1-1(0)K j �1r[<lix f' Co n �/A r°)) Granted as of November 21, 2006 Expires December 31, 2010 ID 92796 Legal Owner or Operator: DEERE POWER SYSTEMS GROUP P.O. BOX 5100 WATERLOO, IA 50704 -8000 ATTN: RICHARD A. BISHOP Equipment Location: SAME AS ABOVE The equipment described below and as shown on the approved plans and specifications are subject to the special conditions or conditions listed. Equipment Description INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE, JOHN DEERE, 6 CYLINDER, TURBOCHARGED /AFTERCOOLED, MODEL 6068HF285K, 237 BHP, DIESEL FUELED, DRIVING AN EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL GENERATOR. Manufacturer Condition L THIS CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT PERMIT (CEP) IS NOT A PERMIT TO CONSTRUCT OR OPERATE. THE PERSON CONSTRUCTING, INSTALLING OR OPERATING THE EQUIPMENT AT EACH SPECIFIC SITE SHALL OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY PERMIT(S) TO CONSTRUCT AND PERMIT(S) TO OPERATE AND COMPLY WITH ANY OTHER DISTRICT RULES AND REGULATIONS INCLUDING THE REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATION XIII End User Conditions 1. OPERATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS SUBMITTED WITH THE APPLICATION UNDER WHICH THIS PERMIT IS ISSUED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED BELOW. 2. THIS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROPERLY MAINTAINED AND KEPT IN GOOD OPERATING CONDITIONS AT ALL TIMES. 3. A NON- RESETTABLE TOTALIZING TIMER SHALL BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED TO INDICATE THE ENGINE ELAPSED OPERATING TIME. 4. AN ENGINE OPERATING LOG SHALL BE KEPT AND MAINTAINED ON FILE TO RECORD WHEN THIS ENGINE IS STARTED MANUALLY. THE LOG SHALL LIST THE DATE OF OPERATION, THE TIMER READING IN HOURS AT THE BEGINNING AND END OF OPERATION, AND THE REASON FOR OPERATION FOR A MINIMUM OF THREE YEARS FROM THE DATE OF ENTRY AND MADE AVAILABLE TO DISTRICT PERSONNEL UPON REQUEST. THE TOTAL HOURS OF OPERATION (INCLUDING HOURS FOR MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC OPERATION) ORIGINAL (copy) SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT 21865 East Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765 Application No. 462955 Page 2 CC(�2ft1 [ Is (4((ii { [6.1 i SHALL BE RECORDED SOMETIME DURING THE FIRST 15 DAYS OF JANUARY OF EACH YEAR. 5. THIS ENGINE SHALL NOT OPERATE MORE THAN 200 HOURS IN ANY ONE YEAR, WHICH INCLUDES NO MORE THAN 50 HOURS IN ANY ONE YEAR FOR MAINTENANCE AND TESTING PURPOSES. 6. THE OPERATOR SHALL NOT PURCHASE ANY DIESEL FUEL UNLESS THE FUEL IS LOW - SULFUR DIESEL FOR WHICH THE SULFUR CONTENT DOES NOT EXCEED 15 PPM BY WEIGHT. EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2006, THE OPERATOR SHALL ONLY USE DIESEL FUEL WITH A SULFUR CONTENT THAT DOES NOT EXCEED 15 PPM BY WEIGHT, UNLESS THE OPERATOR DEMONSTRATES IN WRITING TO THE EXECUTIVE OFFICER THAT SPECIFIC ADDITIONAL TIME IS NECESSARY. 7. OPERATION BEYOND THE 50 HOURS PER YEAR ALLOTTED FOR ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND TESTING SHALL BE ALLOWED ONLY IN THE EVENT OF A LOSS OF GRID POWER OR UP TO 30 MINUTES PRIOR TO A ROTATING OUTAGE, PROVIDED THAT: (A) THE UTILITY DISTRIBUTION COMPANY HAS ORDERED ROTATING OUTAGES IN THE CONTROL AREA WHERE THE ENGINE IS LOCATED OR HAS INDICATED THAT IT EXPECTS TO ISSUE SUCH AN ORDER AT A CERTAIN TIME; AND (B) THE ENGINE IS LOCATED IN A UTILITY SERVICE BLOCK THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE ROTATING OUTAGE. ENGINE OPERATION SHALL BE TERMINATED IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE UTILITY DISTRIBUTION COMPANY ADVISES THAT A ROTATING OUTAGE I5 NO LONGER IMMINENT OR IN EFFECT. 8. THIS ENGINE SHALL BE A US EPA CERTIFIED, NON -ROAD COMPRESSION - IGNITION ENGINE, AS EVIDENCED BY THE MANUFACTURER'S ENGINE TAG. Please notify RAMAN PATEL at 909/396 -2466 when SCAQMD information packets are needed or if you have any questions concerning the Certification/Registration Program. This Certified Equipment Permit is based on the plans, specifications, and data submitted as it pertains to the release of air contaminants and control measures to reduce air contaminants. No approval or opinion concerning safety and other factors in design, construction or operation of the equipment is expressed or implied. This Certified Equipment Permit will become invalid if this application is cancelled. THIS PERMIT SHALL EXPIRE ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ISSUANCE unless an extension is granted by the Executive Officer. B N C. PA L, P.E. Se or Air Quality Engineer ORIGINAL (copy) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pursuant to the authority vested in the Air Resources Board by Sections 43013, 43018, 43101, 43102, 43104 and 43105 of the Health and Safety Code; and Pursuant to the authority vested in the undersigned by Sections 39515 and 39516 of the Health and Safety Code and Executive Order G -02 -003; IT IS ORDERED AND RESOLVED: That the following compression- ignition engines and emission control systems produced by the manufacturer are certified as described below for use in off -road equipment. Production engines shall be in all material respects the same as those for which certification is granted. MODEL YEAR JOHN DEERE POWER SYSTEMS EXECUTIVE ORDER U-R -004 -0386 New Off -Road Compression - Ignition Engines e�-c�r..rs..r....wn.rar., AIR RESOURCES BOARD Pursuant to the authority vested in the Air Resources Board by Sections 43013, 43018, 43101, 43102, 43104 and 43105 of the Health and Safety Code; and Pursuant to the authority vested in the undersigned by Sections 39515 and 39516 of the Health and Safety Code and Executive Order G -02 -003; IT IS ORDERED AND RESOLVED: That the following compression- ignition engines and emission control systems produced by the manufacturer are certified as described below for use in off -road equipment. Production engines shall be in all material respects the same as those for which certification is granted. MODEL YEAR ENGINE FAMILY DISPLACEMENT (liters) FUEL TYPE USEFUL LIFE (hours) 2010 AJDXL06.8104 4.5, 6.8 Diesel 8000 ACCEL LUG SPECIAL FEATURES 8 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS TYPICAL EQUIPMENT APPLICATION Electronic Control Module, Direct Diesel Injection, Turbo Charger, Charge Air Cooler, Smoke Puff Limiter Loaders, Tractor, Pump, Compressor, Generator Set, Other Industrial Equipment The engine models and codes are attached. The following are the exhaust certification standards (STD), or family emission limit(s) (FEL) as applicable, and certification levels (CERT) for hydrocarbon (HC), oxides of nitrogen (NOx), or non - methane hydrocarbon plus oxides of nitrogen (NMHC +NOx), carbon monoxide (CO), and particulate matter (PM) in grams per kilowatt-hour (g/kw -hr), and the opacity-of -smoke certification standards and certification levels in percent ( %) during acceleration (Accel), lugging (Lug), and the peak value from either mode (Peak) for this engine family (Title 13, Califomia Code of Regulations, (13 CCR) Section 2423): RATED POWER CLASS EMISSION STANDARD CATEGORY EXHAUST (glkw -hr) OPACITY ( %) HC NOx NMHC +NOx CO PM ACCEL LUG PEAK 130 < kW < 225 Tmr 3 STD WA N/A 4.0 3.5 0.20 20 15 50 CERT — — 3.6 1.3 0.18 14 3 30 BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED: That for the listed engine models, the manufacturer has submitted the information and materials to demonstrate certification compliance with 13 CCR Section 2424 (emission control labels), and 13 CCR Sections 2425 and 2426 (emission control system warranty). Engines certified under this Executive Order must conform to all applicable California emission regulations. This Executive Order is only granted to the engine family and model -year listed above. Engines in this family that are produced for any other model -year are not covered by this Executive Order. Executed at 8 Monte, Califomia on this C7 day of December 2009. Annette Hebert, Chief Mobile Source Operations Division pca: f2I °VDT Engine Model Summary Form Manufacturer. John Deers Power Systems Engine csis9ay Nonroad CI EPA Engine Family AJDXL06.5104 Mk Family Name: 380HAB Process Code: New Submission 1.Ergine Code 2.Engine Model Aock,i, • � I 4.Fuel Rale 5.Fud Rabe 7.Fud Mee 3.81-PQRPM mmn+streke Q pert HP (breRr) Q peek HP 0.Terque Q RPM wastrel/Gawk 8.Fuel Rale: 9.Eniselon Corfrol (SAE Oross) (far diesel only) (ibr deals only) (SEA Grose) longue ( wP+a Doom Per SAE JA930 8068HF285A f1 7 2100 1103:11602400 0 1! 6086HF285E1 6068)1 199.8202400 92.0002400 8088HF2850 "606821 OA. 1lE 400 '' 74.9402400 578.9101500 119.3301500 80. 1500 zo o = `.:;szt 290t800 "107 5 (5070 . 5 ' , 500 rt..m EC SOL EM EC SPL 'EC 8068HF28513 6068H 188 0 6008HF285K !? 8068HF28 51. 6008H 197.140180 0 8068HCQ82 92. 0 68. 0 578.91 1500 120. 0 80.8101500 EM EC SPL bob 115.9091800 70. 1800 O1106210i4 'EM ECSPL' EM EC SPL EM.E6SPL'= 8088HFS82 6068H 197.1401800 115.7091800 70.2181800 2'J7 * ;13e?l4 18 � x.63 810, ; 0088HFS83 4045HF285K 6088HN055 6068H 197.1 1800 173.8001800 70.3501800 214E00 ItAill2301Ft=' EM EC SPL EMECSPL'. ; EM EC SPL s:'va' 57 74015(#0 '' EMEC SPL 6088HFC28A 608811 23737 1750 140.8001780 83. 1780 8068HFC28B- 'Vitt rYal 1 0 ty 4 SQ 4Ob '� " 7 Q :'fir 6068HFC28C 8008HFC28D `.':, 8068H 199.8202350 98.60350 78.842350 '1;110 s f ;'Ibd EM EC SPL EM EC SPL v tO 606811FC28E 80681 199 8068HE050''.; • r. 40 0 94.900210 0 78.5802400 8.9101500 120. 1500 81.1801500 EM EC SPL 42-1100-24,a-,;- 74.1440 S t50O EM EC SPL; , T'+ KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Quote Model KSS- DMTA -0080S Spec Sheets Dimensional Drawings Wiring Schematic Diagrams Warranty Sub - Section Transfer Switch Transfer Switch Transfer Switch Warranty Warranty Literature ADV -7189 GM46265 GM46287 TP -5373 TP -6087 N . ON Power Services Company ttie:generator people NIXON POWER SERVICES 5901 GOSHEN SPRINGS ROAD NW SUITE G / NORCROSS, GA 30071 P: 770 -448 -6687 T: 800 - 586 -4966 F: 770 - 448 -6535 Job Name: HDE001 -015 (AII) 80A ATS Offer: K300224048 Version 4.0 Page 1 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 3 Pole, 4 Wire, Solid Neutral, 0080 Amps, Kohler automatic transfer switch, Model MODELK1, rated 480, 60Hz, complete with all standard equipment and housed in a NEMA Type 1 enclosure. Configuration Qty Description 15 KSS - DMTA -0080S 15 Warranty, 1 Year Standard 15 CSA Certification, Non - Bypass 15 Lit Kit, ATS Overhaul, KSS /KSP 15 Warranty - ATS, 5 Year Comprehensive KOHLER.POWER SYSTEMS 1 1 � KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS Model KSS - DMTA -0080S 09001 1... IATS>•EMs MA11OMAtU REGISTERED Transfer Switch Standard Features • UL 1008 listed at 480 VAC file # E58962 (automatic), # E86894 (nonautomatic) • CSA certification available • Available with either automatic or non - automatic control • Available in 2, 3, or 4 pole configurations • High withstand /closing ratings, for use with specific breakers only • Electrically operated, mechanically held mechanism • Double- throw, mechanically interlocked design (break- before- make power contacts) • Enclosed arc chambers with arc chutes • Standard - transition model KSS and programmed- transition KSP model available • Silver tungsten alloy contacts on 400 -600 amp models (Model KSS) • Silver alloy main contacts (Model KSP) • Front - accessible contacts for easy inspection • Programmed- transition operation provides a center OFF position that allows residual voltages in the load circuits to decay (Model KSP) • Main shaft auxiliary position- indicating contacts, one set Normal and one set Emergency MPAC® 1500 Controller Standard Features • Microprocessor -based controller • Environmentally sealed user interface • LCD display, 4 lines x 20 characters, backlit • Dynamic function keypad with tactile feedback pushbuttons allows complete programming and viewing capability at the door • LED indicators: Source available, transfer switch position, service required (fault), and "not in auto" • Broadrange voltage sensing (208 -600 VAC) on all phases • Phase -to -phase sensing and monitoring with 0.5% accuracy on both sources • Frequency sensing with 0.5% accuracy on both sources • Anti - single phasing protection • Phase rotation sensing for three -phase systems • Real -time clock with battery backup and automatic adjust for daylight saving time and leap year • Time - stamped event log • Fail -safe transfer for loaded test and exercise functions • DIP switches: password disable and maintenance • Modbus® RTU and Modbus® TCP /IP protocols • (Modbus® register map available) • RJ45 connector for 10/100 ethernet connection • USB port with read/write compatibility • Isolated RS -485 ports • One -year limited warranty Programmable Features • Programming and monitoring methods: Monitoring and password - protected programming at the door using the keypad and display Program and monitor using a PC with Monitor III integrated generator set and ATS monitoring software o Transfer files through the USB port • System voltage and frequency • Voltage unbalance • Over /undervoltage and over /underfrequency for all phases of the normal and emergency sources • Time delays • Load /no load /auto -load test and load /no -load exercise functions • Programmable inputs and outputs • Load control outputs (load stepping) • Selectable operating modes: utility- generator, generator - generator, or utility- utility • Load bank control for exercise or test • Pre /post- transfer, nine individual time delays for selected loads • ABC /BAC /none phase rotation selection with error detection • Resettable historical data • to -phase monitor • Password protection, three security levels 0 0 KSS- DMTA- 0080S, continued User Interface LED Indicators • Contactor position: source N and source E • Source available: source N and source E • Service required (fault indication) • Not in automatic mode LCD Display • System status • Line -to -line voltage • Line -to- neutral voltage • Active time delays • Source frequency • Preferred source selection • System settings • Common alarms • Load current, each phase (requires optional current transformers) • Inputs and outputs • Faults • Time /date • Address • Event history • Maintenance records • Exerciser schedule • Exerciser mode • Time remaining on active exercise Dynamic Function Tactile Keypad Operations • Scroll up /down /forward /back • Increase /decrease /save settings • End time delay • Start/end test • Reset fault • Lamp test Main Logic Board Inputs and Outputs • Two (2) programmable inputs • Two (2) programmable outputs, isolated form C (SPDT) contacts rated 1 amp @ 30 VDC, 500 mA @120 VAC DIP Switches • Maintenance mode • Password disable Event History View up to 99 time and date - stamped events on the display or on a personal computer equipped with optional Monitor III software. Download up to 2000 events with Monitor III software or download complete event history file to a PC or a memory device connected to the USB port. Communications • USB port with read /write capability • Isolated RS-485 ports • RJ-45 connector for 10/100 ethernet connection • Modbus® RTU and Modbus® TCP /IP protocols (Modbus® register map available) • USB Port. Upload or download files from a PC or a memory device through the USB port. • Application software • Event history files • Language files • Parameter settings • Usage reports • Feature configuration Programmable Features • System voltage, 208 600 VAC * • System frequency, 50/60 Hz * • Single /three -phase operation * • Standard /programmed- transition operation * • Preferred source selection • Phase rotation: ABC /BAC /none selection with error detection • Voltage and frequency pickup and dropout settings • Voltage unbalance, enable /disable • In -phase monitor: enable /disable and phase angle • Transfer commit/no commit • Source /source mode: utility/gen, gen /gen, utility/utility • Passwords, system and test • Time, date, automatic daylight saving time enable /disable • Time delays (see table) • Exerciser: calendar mode, loaded /unloaded up to 21 events • Test: Toad /no -load /auto Toad (1 60 minutes) • Automatic override on generator failure (loaded test and exercise) • External test: loaded /unloaded • Peak shave delay enable /disable • Current monitoring (requires optional current transformers) • Pre /post- transfer, nine individual time delays for selected loads • Resettable historical data ' System parameters factory-set per order. Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 KSS- DMTA- 0080S, continued Programmable Inputs • External time delay input • External battery fault • External common fault • Inhibit transfer • Load shed to force transfer to OFF (programmed- transition models only; requires optional load shed kit) • Peak shave /area protection input • External test • Three - source system disable • Bypass disable Programmable Outputs • Chicago alarm control • Common alarm events • Contactor position • Exercise active • Failure to acquire standby source • Failure to transfer • Generator engine start, source N and E • I/O module faults • Load bank control • Load control active (pre /post transfer delay, up to 9 outputs) • Loss of phase fault, source N and E • External battery fault • Non - emergency transfer • Not in automatic mode • Over /underfrequency faults, source N and E (generator) • Over / undervoltage faults, source N and E • Peak shave /area protection active • Phase rotation error, source N and E • Preferred source supplying load • Software- controlled relay outputs (four maximum) • Source available, preferred and standby • Standby source supplying load • Synchronizing output • Test active • Transfer switch auxiliary contact fault • Transfer switch auxiliary contact open • Voltage unbalance Voltage and Frequency Sensing Parameter Default Adjustment Range Undervoltage dropout 90% of pickup 75 % -98% Undervoltage pickup 90% of nominal 85% -100% Overvoltage dropout * 115% of nominal* 106 % - 135% Overvoltage pickup 95% of dropout 95% -100% Unbalance enable Disable Enable /Disable Unbalance dropout 20% 5 % -20% Unbalance pickup 10% 3 % -18% Voltage dropout time 0.5 sec. 0.1 -9.9 sec. Underfrequency dropout 99% of pickup 95 % -99% Underfrequency pickup 90% of nominal 80 % -95% Overfrequency dropout 101% of pickup 101 % -115% Overfrequency pickup 110% of nominal 105 % -120% Frequency dropout time 3 sec. 0.1 -15 sec. • 690 volts, maximum. Default = 110% for 600 volt applications. Adjustable Time Delays Time Delays Default Adjustment Range Emergency source engine start 3 sec. 0 -6 sec. Normal source engine start (gen/ gen mode) 0 sec. 0 -60 min. t Emergency source engine cooldown 5 sec. Normal source engine cooldown (gen /gen mode) 2 sec. Failure to acquire standby source 1 min. Preferred to standby 1 sec. Standby to preferred 15 min. Pretransfer to preferred signal 0 sec. Post - transfer to preferred signal 0 sec. Pretransfer to standby signal 0 sec. Post - transfer to standby signal 0 sec. Failure to synchronize 1 min. Off (preferred to standby, programmed- transition only) 1 sec. Off (standby to preferred, programmed- transition only) 1 sec. Auto load test duration 30 min. 1 -60 min. $ $Adjustable in 1 second increments. Engine start can be extended to 60 minutes with an External Battery Supply Module Kit. $1 minute increments. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 KSS- DMTA- 0080S, continued Application Data Environmental Specifications Operating Temperature -20 °C to 70 °C (-4 °F to 158 °F) Storage Temperature -40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F) Humidity 5% to 95% noncondensing Input and Output Connection Specifications Component Wire Size Range Main board I/O terminals #12 -24 AWG I/O module terminals #14-24 AWG UL- Listed Solderless Screw -Type Terminals for External Power Connections Normal, Emergency, and Load Terminals Switch Rating, Amps Cables per Pole Max Number of Cables per Pole Range of Wire Sizes Copper or Aluminum 0080 1 1 #8 to 3/0 AWG Use 60 °C minimum wire for #14 to #1 AWG. Use 75 °C minimum wire for 1/0 AWG and larger. Codes and Standards • The ATS meets or exceeds the requirements of the following specifications: • Underwriters Laboratories UL 508, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment • Underwriters Laboratories UL 1008, Standard for Automatic Transfer Switches for Use in Emergency Standby Systems file # E58962 (automatic), # E86894 (nonautomatic) • CSA C22.2 No. 178 certification at 600 VAC available,file # LR58301 • NFPA 70, National Electrical Code • NFPA 99, Essential Electrical Systems for Health Care Facilities • NFPA 110, Emergency and Standby Power Systems • IEEE Standard 446, IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications • NEMA Standard IC10 -1993 (formerly ICS2 -447), AC Automatic Transfer Switches • EN61000 -4-4 Fast Transient Immunity Severity Level 4 • IEC 60947 -6 -1, Low Voltage Switchgear and Control Gear; Multifunction Equipment; Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment • EN61000 -4 -5 Surge Immunity Class 4 (voltage sensing and programmable inputs only) o IEC Specifications for EMI /EMC Immunity: o CISPR 11, Radiated Emissions o IEC 1000 -4 -2, Electrostatic Discharge o IEC 1000 -4 -3, Radiated Electromagnetic Fields o IEC 10004-4, Electrical Fast Transients (Bursts) o IEC 1000 -4 -5, Surge Voltage o IEC 1000 -4 -6, Conducted RF Disturbances o IEC 1000 -4 -8, Magnetic Fields o IEC 1000 -4 -11, Voltage Dips and Interruptions Contacts Resistive Load Inductive Load Motor Load, NC Motor Load, NO Engine Start Contacts 2 A@ 30 VDC N/A N/A N/A Auxiliary Contacts 15 A @ 250 VAC N/A N/A N/A Weights Weights are shown for transfer switches in NEMA type 1 enclosures, type 3R enclosures, and open units. Consult the factory for NEMA type 12, 4, and 4X enclosures. Weights are provided for reference only and should not be used for planning installation. See your local distributor for submittal drawings. Amps Nema Type Weight kg (lb.) 80 NEMA 1 30 (65) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 KSS- DMTA- 0080S, continued Withstand / Close -On Ratings (WCR) Standard Transition Model The transfer switch is rated for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than the RMS symmetrical amperes listed at 480 volts maximum, but no greater than the interrupting capacity of the selected circuit breaker. Circuit breakers are supplied by the customer. All WCR values are available symmetrical RMS amperes and tested in accordance with the withstand /closing requirements of UL 1008. Suitable for emergency and standby applications on all classes of load, 30% tungsten rated on all amperages Ratings with Specific Manufacturer's Circuit Breaker Withstand /closing ratings (WCR) in RMS symmetrical amperes for specific manufacturers' circuit breakers. Certified Withstand /Closing Current Ratings in RMS Symmetric Amperes WCR, amps RMS Current Limiting Fuse Specific Coordinated Breaker Rattings Switch Rating, amps Maximum Fuse Size, amps Fuse Class Maximum Amps *Maximum Voltage *Maximum Circuit Breaker Size, amps *Maximum Amps 0080 100 J 200000 480 V /60 Hz 400 30000 Suitable for emergency and standby applications on all classes of load, 30% tungsten rated on all amperages Suitable for emergency and standby applications on all classes of load, 30% tungsten rated on all amperages Ratings with Specific Manufacturer's Circuit Breaker Withstand /closing ratings (WCR) in RMS symmetrical amperes for specific manufacturers' circuit breakers. Molded -Case Circuit Breaker Switch Rating, amps WCR, amps RMS Voltage, Max. Manufacturer Type Max. Size, amps 80 30000 480 Cutler- Hammer FDC, HFD 150 80 30000 480 Cutler- Hammer HJD, JDC 250 80 30000 480 Cutler- Hammer HKD, KD, KDB, KDC, LA TRI -PAC, LCL 400 80 30000 480 Square D FC, Fl 100 80 30000 480 Square D KC, KH, KI 250 80 30000 480 Square D LA, LC, LE, LH, LI, LX, LXI 400 80 30000 480 Siemens CEDE, HED4, HED6 125 80 30000 480 Siemens CFD6, FD6, FXD6, HFD6 250 80 30000 480 Siemens CJD6, HJD6, HHJD6, HHJXD6, JD6, JXD6, SCJD6, SHJD6, SJD6 400 80 30000 480 GE TB1 100 80 30000 480 GE SEL, SEP, TEL, THLC1 150 80 30000 480 GE TFL, THLC2 225 80 30000 480 GE SFL, SFP 250 80 30000 480 GE SGL4, SGP4, TB4, THJK4, THLC4, TJJ, TJK4, TLB4 400 80 30000 480 GE KSS- DMTA- 0080S, continued Accessories Accessories are available either factory- installed or as loose kits, unless otherwise noted. Warranty CSA Certification • Warranty -5 -year comprehensive Warranty • Warranty -1 -year KSS-DMTA-0080S, continued .M.Odet. Designation Model Mechanism Transition Controls Voltage Poles Enclosure, I I 1 1111 1 1 1111 1 11111 I 11111 I 11111 I I III! I 1 A A Current Rating Miscellaneous 1. 1 1 Record the transfer ,switch model designat on in the boxes. The transfer switch model designation defines characteristiceand ratings as explained below. Sample MOdel Deigitation: KSP-DCTA-0,100S Model K Kohler TransferSwitch Mechanism, Sc Specific-Breaker-hated Transition S: Standard • Programmed. Controls D: MPAC, Tsba Microprocessor COntrdis,:Automatio' F: MFiAC,'" Itop, MicroprOceesor COntrole, Non-Automatic:; Vottageffrequencir C: 208,V,oltift30.Hz a 220 Volist50. Hz F 240 VOtts/60 Hz G 680.VOlts/50 171: 400 Volts/50 Hz Jr 418 Volts/50 Hz K: 440 Volts/60 'Hi M: 480 Volfsgd Hi P: 380 Volts/60 HZ ▪ 220.VbIts/60 Hz Ntiritber of Poles/Wire N:. 2-pole, 3-wire, solid neutral T 3-pole, 4-wire; Solid :neutral V: 4-pole, 4-wire; switched neutral Enclosure NEMAlt 0: NEMA 4: .;NEMA 12 R NEMA4X 0: NEMA 3R G: ()port: unit t NEMAtendosurestandard. tither ty064;availahie to Order: Current Rating: Numbers indloate.the current rating of the switch in amperes: 00404 01504 .02504: .00804 0200 0400 :. . .6100: .02254 0600. *. Standard-transition models only: Miscellaneous S: Standard Connections' CY W W Olt R MIN M w M it -- 'M i WI M MO I M NM MN MO D B A 8 7 6 5 1 4 2 I t, SECURITY COVER OPTIONAL ON NEMA I REQUIRED FOR NEMA 3R ACCESSORY MODULE (OPTIONAL) 8 ft tt 3 3 ) OR® SECTION A -A PADLOCK HASP (SECURITY OPTION AND NEMA 3R ONLY) LOGIC DISCONNECT (OPTIONAL) 0 d 0 0 N 0 0 450 [17.71 NOTE: ALLOW FOR MINIMUM DOOR SWING CLEARANCE OF 508 [20.0] IN FRONT OF CABINET. 68 [2.71 273 [10.8] BATTERY CHARGER (OPTIONAL) MODEL K1 MPAC LOGIC 40 -225A 2, 3 & 4 POLE STANDARD TRANSITION SPECIFIC BREAKER RATED STANDARD CONNECTION NEMA 1 & 3R CI @GO SECTION B -B M I• CO CCU RECOMMENDED ENTRANCE AREA TOP & BOTTOM NEUTRAL (2 8, 3 POLE UNITS ONLY) EQUIPMENT GROUND DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE INCHES. FINISH: ANSI 49 GRAY. REFER TO OPERATOR'S MANUAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF UNIT. REV DATE REVISION BY UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ' KOHLER Co I METRIC 1 PRO -E II 2-13-06 NEW DRAWI NG [76842] WSD 2) TOLERANCES ARE.0 MILLIMETERS A 2-14 -08 (8-2) EOUIPMENT GROUND NOTE ADDED; [83093] BTW POWER SYSTEMS. KOHLER. WI 53044 U.S.A. SURFACE FINISH PROPERTY DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN / MAN. CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF v DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. WOiE«°4 ' "LN APPROVALS DATE DIMENSION PRINT WSD 2 13 06 s.ic NONEInero. WSD 2-13-06,° "P " "o•ED AM-1_2-13-06 ADV -7189 D 8 7 6 1 5 4 3 2 1 D B A 1 1 1 r r e D C 1 1 1 1 5 A 8 7 6 5 1 4 3 2 ENGINE START TERMINALS SCREW TYPE TERMINALS FOR EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTION SWITCH RATING (AMPS) RANGE OF WIRE SIZES CONTACTOR (PER PHASE) NEUTRAL (2 & 3 POLE) GROUND 40 -150 (I) #8 TO 3/0 (3) #6 -3/0 200 -225 (I) #6 TO 250 KCMIL (3) #4 -600 KCMIL OR (6) 1/0 -250 KCMIL (3) #6 -3/0 LOAD NORMAL AUXILIARY CONTACTS EMERGENCY MODEL Kt MPAC LOGIC 40 -225A 2, 3 & 4 POLE STANDARD TRANSITION SPECIFIC BREAKER RATED STANDARD CONNECTION NEMA 1 & 3R SECTION A -A REV DATE REVISION 2 -13 -06 NEW DRAWING [76842] BY WSD A 2 -14-08 (A -7) NEUTRAL UPDATED; (A -6) (3) 06 -3/0 KCMIL WAS 014 TO I/O; (A -7) 4X 012.7 [.50] WAS 010 [.4] (4); [83093) BTW UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED - II DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS 21 TOLERANCES ARE: SURFACE FINISH MAX. aROECYGOxL —€E3 APPROVALS DATE °xA °x WSD """° WSD 2 13 06 KOHLER CO 'METRIC 1 PRO -E POWER SYSTEMS. KOHLER. WI 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. DIMENSION PRINT 2 13 06 ac•AF NONE c•o xo. 1""T2 °F 2 ...N °.c° AJH 2 -13 -06 ADV -7189 D 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 WEIGHTS KG (LBS) 2 POLE 3 POLE 4 POLE 28 (62) 30 (65) 31 (68) SCREW TYPE TERMINALS FOR EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTION SWITCH RATING (AMPS) RANGE OF WIRE SIZES CONTACTOR (PER PHASE) NEUTRAL (2 & 3 POLE) GROUND 40 -150 (I) #8 TO 3/0 (3) #6 -3/0 200 -225 (I) #6 TO 250 KCMIL (3) #4 -600 KCMIL OR (6) 1/0 -250 KCMIL (3) #6 -3/0 LOAD NORMAL AUXILIARY CONTACTS EMERGENCY MODEL Kt MPAC LOGIC 40 -225A 2, 3 & 4 POLE STANDARD TRANSITION SPECIFIC BREAKER RATED STANDARD CONNECTION NEMA 1 & 3R SECTION A -A REV DATE REVISION 2 -13 -06 NEW DRAWING [76842] BY WSD A 2 -14-08 (A -7) NEUTRAL UPDATED; (A -6) (3) 06 -3/0 KCMIL WAS 014 TO I/O; (A -7) 4X 012.7 [.50] WAS 010 [.4] (4); [83093) BTW UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED - II DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS 21 TOLERANCES ARE: SURFACE FINISH MAX. aROECYGOxL —€E3 APPROVALS DATE °xA °x WSD """° WSD 2 13 06 KOHLER CO 'METRIC 1 PRO -E POWER SYSTEMS. KOHLER. WI 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. DIMENSION PRINT 2 13 06 ac•AF NONE c•o xo. 1""T2 °F 2 ...N °.c° AJH 2 -13 -06 ADV -7189 D 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 ■. .. S UM I M- - INN - I Nis —. .. — r as D C B A MK i MI N- 1 - !, - 111111 SIN UN I MN NM 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LC UIF ETHERNET USB P17 P14 TB1 082 LB PROGRAMMABLE INPUT 1 PROGRAMMABLE OUTPUT 1 PROGRAMMABLE INPUT 2 PROGRAMMABLE OUTPUT 2 MODBU5_R5495_91 ( +) MOOBUS_RS485 -AI( -) M00BU5_RS4135_82( +) MOOBUS_RS485_A2( -) MODBUS_RS4155_611( +) M00BU5_R54115_11( -) 5W1 PASSWORD MAINTENANCE SPARE SPARE 2 3 4 ODBUS_RS485_B2( +) O0BUS_RS4B5_r2( -) P10 P4 PSB P1 9 • P1 B 4 P1 10 • P1 13 • P1 14 • KI K2 PI -I6 N 11 N II P1 i CONTACTOR P1 74 P1 -18 • P1 -64 P1 -23• P1 -2 TO EMERGENCY SOURCE SCE C NO P1 -5 41 1 P1 -24 • P1 -21 • P1 -20 4 P1 -19 • P1 12 • P1 11 • P1 4 • P1 22 • P1 -15 TS= 15= TS- T5X TSX TS ENV TO LOAD SCN 12 cNO TT TO NORMAL SOURCE P1 -3 NO INO SN SE.L TD POSMON INDICATION ENGINE START AUKILLMRY CONTACTS 1SA 250VAC STANDARD 44 -1 NC- OPTIONAL 1 N1 T X Aa -2 43-2 _NAT 44-3 A3 -3 44 -4 A3 -4 MODEL K1 40 -260 AMP OPEN TRANSITION SERIES RATED FOR WIRING DIAGRAM SEE GM46287 PL4PMC [70042) CRS I FW.FUn A3, A4 - AUXILIARY CONTATCTS BR - BRIDGE RECTIFIER K(/) - 4(0.40 ER COIL (NORMAL/EMERGENCY) LCD - UOUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY ALB - MAIN LOGIC BOARD P( /) - PLUG PS8 - POWER SUPPLY BOARD SCE - COIL CLEARING CONTATC EMERGENCY) SNIT CLEARING C NEE- SWITCH POSITION COMA (EMERGENCY Y P056104) SN - SWITCH POSITION CONTACT (NORMAL POSITION) 5W( /) - DIP SWITCH TB1 - CUSTOMER CONNECTION TERMINAL BLOCK TB2 - AUXILIARY TERMINAL BLOCK T5 - TRANSFER SWITCH U6 - USER INTERFACE NOTE: DIAGRAM SHOWN WITH "NORMAL" ENERGIZED AND CONTACTOR IN THE NORMAL POSITION. Mt 44 mom 6 Vir KOHLER WCQ LOVER 0711101. WW1 0I m U. 416.6.4 OF Ma 611 41461m4 =OM af r m 04-06 l_a_a DIAGRAM, SCHEMATIC 1-04-06 "'• cH4eaa0KC 1. 1 -1 8 7 6 5 4 3 1 2 GM46265 1 DE 1 0 C B A D C 8 A s MU NMI M!. 1P N , ,I ON .IIIIIII .- - - - - - - MI 8 7 6 I 5 4 3 2 ENCLOSURE 5CN SCE 0 C NO TB2 3 14 ENGINE START NONE SWITCHED ,/— 4• 11.: L. 1124 4. .- 11. LA l9 IC LPN LOAD NB I NC I NN B EC 1 I i T' EN EMERGENCY SE �NO IO SN G 11 NO ° NORMAL A4 43 NO N00-( C C )--0 NC NC A4 NO C )--o NC 43 NOP (I NC A4 A3 NO NO0-) C C 1 oNC NC A4 AS NO NO 0-11-- C C 0—• NC NC 0-Yf- P INDICATION AUXILDARY CONTACTS (STANDARD) AUXILLI4RV CONTACTS (OPTIONAL) RIGHT SIDE WALL DOOR P10 P3 ❑CURRENT SENSING P1 21 cy 13 c 55 1-�-.2 22116/114 1011c5`/ goo 11 c5 2441116 122 c5 4� 8 7 6 5 4 J1 1.10..011 Mn OYauC (76642) ca I - NO A3. A4 - AUXIWARY CONTACTS BAT1 BATTERY, 4.1Y (TAM- 1550 /NP) BR - BRIDGE RECTIFIER CNE TRANSFER COIL (NORMAL /EMERGENCY) J((1) CONNECTOR (JACK) RELAY P(i) CONNECTOR (PLUG) SCE COIL CLEARING CONTACT (EMERGENCY) SCN COIL CLEARING CONTACT NORMAL SE - SWITCH POSITION CONTACT RGOCY POSITION) SN(- )SWOON P0500N CONTACT NORI441 605010N) 113(#) - TERMINAL SWITCH TS - TRANSFER SWITCH UIF - USER INTERFACE ,I1 CONNECTIONS (CONTACTOR TO MAIN I OGIC BOARD) 1 1 (SCE -N0) 13 13 (SE -NO) 2 2 (99 -ACI) 14 14 (5N -90) 3 3 (SON -NO) 15 15 (TS -NC) 4 4 (05 -NO) 16 16 (T5 -EC) 5 5 (BR -AC2) 17 N/C • 6 6 (TS -EC) 16 16 (T5 -ELT) 7 7 (T5 -EA) 19 19 (T5 -U) 6 8 (TB2 -3) 20 20 (T5 -LB) 9 9 (162 -4) 21 21 (Ts -LC) 10 10 (SE -C) 22 22 (T5 -NN) 11 11 (75 -413) 23 23 (T5 -EN) 12 12 (TS -NA) 24 24 (T5 -LN) MODEL K1 40 -260 AMP OPEN TRANSITION SERIES RATED FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM SEE GM46265 3 2 KOHLER CQ 1081 F11104 mNPI. 111 SAW Y., '""'6�1vooS�11 °�"". 'e" Gal ,.. ••• bal I 10-011 DIAGRAM, WIRING 02i(i tl1 r. 0442101.040 )'m 1_10 -6611 "4` GM46287 1 DE D C B A KOHLER POW EN mu Sr No or r r r Er r r ® MIN 110111 nri n 'r N an Transfer Switch and Bypass Isolation Transfer Switch One -Year Limited Warranty Your Kohler product has been manufactured and inspected with care by experienced craftsmen. If you are the original consumer, Kohler Co. warrants, for the period indicated below, each product to be free from defects in materials and workmanship. Repair, replacement, or appropriate adjustment at Kohler Co.'s option will be furnished if the product, upon Kohler Co.'s inspection, is found to be properly installed, maintained, and operated in accordance with Kohler Co.'s instruction manuals. A Kohler distributor, dealer, or authorized representative must perform startup. This warranty does not apply to malfunctions caused by damage, unreasonable use, misuse, repair or service by unauthorized persons, or normal wear and tear. Kohler Product Warranty Coverage* Transfer Switch and Bypass Isolation Switch One (1) year from date of startup *Some restrictions may apply. Contact your Kohler distributor /dealer for full details. The following will not be covered by the warranty: 1. Normal wear, periodic service, and routine adjustments. 2. Damage caused by accidents, improper installation or handling, faulty repairs not performed by an authorized service representative, or improper storage. 3. Damage caused by operation above or below rated capacity, voltage, or frequency; modifications; or installation contrary to published specifications, codes, recommendations, and accepted industry practices. 4. Original installation charges and startup costs. 5. Damage caused by negligent maintenance such as: a. Failure to provide a clean, dry environment. b. Failure to perform recommended exercising. c. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance as prescribed in supplied manuals. d. Use of other than factory- supplied or - approved repair parts and /or procedures. 6. Rental of equipment during performance of warranty repairs. 7. Non - Kohler- authorized repair shop labor without prior approval from the Kohler Co. Warranty Department. 8. Expenses incurred investigating performance complaints unless the problem is caused by defective Kohler materials or workmanship. 9. Maintenance items such as fuses, lamps, and adjustments. A Startup Notification form must be on file at Kohler Co. A Startup Notification form must be completed by Seller and received at Kohler Co. within 60 days after the date of initial startup. Standby systems not registered within 60 days of startup will automatically be registered by Kohler Co. using the Kohler Co. ship date as the startup date. To obtain warranty service, call 1- 800 - 544 -2444 for your nearest authorized Kohler service representative, or write Kohler Co., Generator Service Department, Kohler, WI 53044 USA. KOHLER CO. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND including, but not limited to, incidental consequential labor costs, installation charges, telephone charges, or transportation charges in connection with the replacement or repair of defective parts. This is our exclusive written warranty. We make no other express warranty nor is anyone authorized to make any on our behalf. ANY IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF PURPOSE, is expressly limited to the duration of this warranty. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from state to state. KOHLER® POWER SYSTEMS KOHLER CO. Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 Phone 920 - 565 -3381, Fax 920 - 459 -1646 For the nearest sales /service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 - 544 -2444 KohlerPowerSystems.com TP -5373 12/99d Extended Five -Year Comprehensive Transfer Switch Limited Warranty This Kohler product has been manufactured and inspected with care by experienced craftsmen. If you are the original purchaser, Kohler Co. warrants for five years that the system will be free from defects in material and workmanship if properly installed, maintained, and operated in accordance with Kohler Co. instruction manuals. A Kohler distributor, dealer, or authorized representative must perform startup. This warranty is not effective unless a proper extended warranty registration form and warranty fee have been sent to Kohler Co. within one year of supervised startup. During the warranty period, repair or replacement at Kohler Co.'s option will be furnished free of charge for parts, provided an inspection to Kohler Co.'s satisfaction discloses a defect in material and workmanship, and provided that the part or parts are returned to Kohler Co. or an authorized service station, if requested. This extended warranty expires five full years after date of startup. This warranty does not apply to malfunctions caused by damage, unreasonable use, misuse, or normal wear and tear while in your possession. The following will not be covered by the warranty: 1. Normal wear, periodic service, and routine adjustments. 2. Damage caused by accidents, improper installation or handling, faulty repairs not performed by an authorized service representative, or improper storage. 3. Damage caused by operation above or below rated capacity, voltage, or frequency; modifications; or installation contrary to published specifications, codes, recommendations, and accepted industry practices. 4. Original installation charges and startup costs. 5. Damage caused by negligent maintenance such as: a. Failure to provide a clean, dry environment. b. Failure to perform recommended exercising. c. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance as prescribed in supplied manuals. d. Use of other than factory-supplied or -approved repair parts and /or procedures. 6. Rental of equipment during performance of warranty repairs. 7. Non - Kohler- authorized repair shop labor without prior approval from the Kohler Co. Warranty Department. 8. Expenses incurred investigating performance complaints unless the problem is caused by defective Kohler materials or workmanship. 9. Maintenance items such as fuses, lamps, and adjustments. 10. Transfer switch main contacts. A Startup Notification form must be on file at Kohler Co. A Startup Notification form must be completed by Seller and received at Kohler Co. within 60 days after the date of initial startup. Product not registered within 60 days of startup will automatically be registered by Kohler Co. using the Kohler Co. ship date as the startup date. To obtain warranty service, call 1- 800 - 544 -2444 for your nearest authorized Kohler service representative or write Kohler Co., Generator Service Department, Kohler, WI 53044 USA. KOHLER CO. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND including, but not limited to, incidental consequential labor costs, installation charges, telephone charges, or transportation charges in connection with the replacement or repair of defective parts. This is our exclusive written warranty. We make no other express warranty, nor is anyone authorized to make any on our behalf. ANY IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF PURPOSE, is expressly limited to the duration of this warranty. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from state to state. KOHLER® POWER SYSTEMS KOHLER CO. Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 Phone 920 -565 -3381, Fax 920 - 459 -1646 For the nearest sales /service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 -544 -2444 KohlerPowerSystems.com TP -6087 2 /OOb KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Quote Model KSS- DMTA -0150S Spec Sheets Dimensional Drawings Wiring Schematic Diagrams Warranty Sub - Section Transfer Switch Transfer Switch Transfer Switch Warranty Warranty Literature ADV -7189 GM46265 GM46287 TP -5373 TP -6087 1XON Power Services Company .the: generator people NIXON POWER SERVICES 5901 GOSHEN SPRINGS ROAD NW SUITE G / NORCROSS, GA 30071 P: 770 -448 -6687 T: 800 - 586 -4966 F: 770 - 448 -6535 Job Name: HDE001 - 015 (All) 150A ATS Offer: K300224058 Version 4.0 Page 1 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 3 Pole, 4 Wire, Solid Neutral, 0150 Amps, Kohler automatic transfer switch, Model MODELK1, rated 480, 60Hz, complete with all standard equipment and housed in a NEMA Type 1 enclosure. Configuration Qty Description 17 KSS - DMTA -0150S 17 Warranty, 1 Year Standard 17 CSA Certification, Non - Bypass 17 Lit Kit, ATS Overhaul, KSS /KSP 17 Warranty - ATS, 5 Year Comprehensive KOHLERPOWER SYSTEMS 1 1 1 KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS Model KSS - DMTA -0150S 1 N9001 wsso Ems INATIONAtIY REGISTERED 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Transfer Switch Standard Features • UL 1008 listed at 480 VAC file # E58962 (automatic), # E86894 (nonautomatic) • CSA certification available • Available with either automatic or non - automatic control • Available in 2, 3, or 4 pole configurations • High withstand /closing ratings, for use with specific breakers only • Electrically operated, mechanically held mechanism • Double- throw, mechanically interlocked design (break- before- make power contacts) • Enclosed arc chambers with arc chutes • Standard - transition model KSS and programmed- transition KSP model available • Silver tungsten alloy contacts on 400 -600 amp models (Model KSS) • Silver alloy main contacts (Model KSP) • Front - accessible contacts for easy inspection • Programmed- transition operation provides a center OFF position that allows residual voltages in the load circuits to decay (Model KSP) • Main shaft auxiliary position- indicating contacts, one set Normal and one set Emergency MPAC® 1500 Controller Standard Features • Microprocessor -based controller • Environmentally sealed user interface • LCD display, 4 lines x 20 characters, backlit • Dynamic function keypad with tactile feedback pushbuttons allows complete programming and viewing capability at the door • LED indicators: Source available, transfer switch position, service required (fault), and "not in auto" • Broadrange voltage sensing (208 -600 VAC) on all phases • Phase -to -phase sensing and monitoring with 0.5% accuracy on both sources • Frequency sensing with 0.5% accuracy on both sources • Anti - single phasing protection • Phase rotation sensing for three -phase systems • Real -time clock with battery backup and automatic adjust for daylight saving time and leap year • Time - stamped event log • Fail -safe transfer for loaded test and exercise functions • DIP switches: password disable and maintenance • Modbus® RTU and Modbus® TCP /IP protocols • (Modbus® register map available) • RJ45 connector for 10/100 ethernet connection • USB port with read /write compatibility • Isolated RS-485 ports • One -year limited warranty Programmable Features • Programming and monitoring methods: Monitoring and password - protected programming at the door using the keypad and display Program and monitor using a PC with Monitor III integrated generator set and ATS monitoring software o Transfer files through the USB port • System voltage and frequency • Voltage unbalance • Over /undervoltage and over /underfrequency for all phases of the normal and emergency sources • Time delays • Load /no load /auto -load test and load /no -load exercise functions • Programmable inputs and outputs • Load control outputs (load stepping) • Selectable operating modes: utility- generator, generator - generator, or utility- utility • Load bank control for exercise or test • Pre /post- transfer, nine individual time delays for selected loads • ABC /BAC /none phase rotation selection with error detection • Resettable historical data • In -phase monitor • Password protection, three security levels 0 0 KSS- DMTA- 0150S, continued User Interface LED Indicators • Contactor position: source N and source E • Source available: source N and source E • Service required (fault indication) • Not in automatic mode LCD Display • System status • Line -to -line voltage • Line -to- neutral voltage • Active time delays • Source frequency • Preferred source selection • System settings • Common alarms • Load current, each phase (requires optional current transformers) • Inputs and outputs • Faults • Time /date • Address • Event history • Maintenance records • Exerciser schedule • Exerciser mode • Time remaining on active exercise Dynamic Function Tactile Keypad Operations • Scroll up /down /forward /back • Increase /decrease /save settings • End time delay • Start/end test • Reset fault • Lamp test Main Logic Board Inputs and Outputs • Two (2) programmable inputs • Two (2) programmable outputs, isolated form C (SPDT) contacts rated 1 amp @ 30 VDC, 500 mA @120 VAC IDIP Switches • Maintenance mode • Password disable Event History View up to 99 time and date - stamped events on the display or on a personal computer equipped with optional Monitor 111 software. Download up to 2000 events with Monitor 111 software or download complete event history file to a PC or a memory device connected to the USB port. Communications • USB port with read /write capability • Isolated RS-485 ports • RJ-45 connector for 10/100 ethernet connection • Modbus® RTU and Modbus® TCP /IP protocols (Modbus® register map available) • USB Port. Upload or download files from a PC or a memory device through the USB port. • Application software • Event history files • Language files • Parameter settings • Usage reports • Feature configuration Programmable Features • System voltage, 208 600 VAC * • System frequency, 50/60 Hz * • Single /three -phase operation * • Standard /programmed- transition operation * • Preferred source selection • Phase rotation: ABC /BAC /none selection with error detection • Voltage and frequency pickup and dropout settings • Voltage unbalance, enable /disable • In -phase monitor: enable /disable and phase angle • Transfer commit/no commit • Source /source mode: utility/gen, gen /gen, utility/utility • Passwords, system and test • Time, date, automatic daylight saving time enable /disable • Time delays (see table) • Exerciser: calendar mode, loaded /unloaded up to 21 events • Test: load /no -load /auto load (1 60 minutes) • Automatic override on generator failure (loaded test and exercise) • External test: loaded /unloaded • Peak shave delay enable /disable • Current monitoring (requires optional current transformers) • Pre /post- transfer, nine individual time delays for selected loads • Resettable historical data System parameters factory-set per order. Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 KSS- DMTA- 0150S, continued Programmable Inputs • External time delay input • External battery fault • External common fault • Inhibit transfer • Load shed to force transfer to OFF (programmed- transition models only; requires optional load shed kit) • Peak shave /area protection input • External test • Three - source system disable • Bypass disable Programmable Outputs • Chicago alarm control • Common alarm events • Contactor position • Exercise active • Failure to acquire standby source • Failure to transfer • Generator engine start, source N and E • I/O module faults • Load bank control • Load control active (pre /post transfer delay, up to 9 outputs) • Loss of phase fault, source N and E • External battery fault • Non - emergency transfer • Not in automatic mode • Over /underfrequency faults, source N and E (generator) • Over /undervoltage faults, source N and E • Peak shave /area protection active • Phase rotation error, source N and E • Preferred source supplying load • Software- controlled relay outputs (four maximum) • Source available, preferred and standby • Standby source supplying load • Synchronizing output • Test active • Transfer switch auxiliary contact fault • Transfer switch auxiliary contact open • Voltage unbalance Voltage and Frequency Sensing Parameter Default Adjustment Range Undervoltage dropout 90% of pickup 75 % -98% Undervoltage pickup 90% of nominal 85 %- 100% Overvoltage dropout' 115% of nominal* 106 % -135% Overvoltage pickup 95% of dropout 95% -100% Unbalance enable Disable Enable /Disable Unbalance dropout 20% 5 % -20% Unbalance pickup 10% 3 % -18% Voltage dropout time 0.5 sec. 0.1 -9.9 sec. Underfrequency dropout 99% of pickup 95 % -99% Underfrequency pickup 90% of nominal 80 % -95% Overfrequency dropout 101% of pickup 101%-115% Overfrequency pickup 110% of nominal 105% -120% Frequency dropout time 3 sec. 0.1 -15 sec. * 690 volts, maximum. Default = 110% for 600 volt applications. Adjustable Time Delays Time Delays Default Adjustment Range Emergency source engine start 3 sec. 0 -6 sec. Normal source engine start (gen/ gen mode) 0 sec. 0 -60 min. t Emergency source engine cooldown 5 sec. Normal source engine cooldown (gen /gen mode) 2 sec. Failure to acquire standby source 1 min. Preferred to standby 1 sec. Standby to preferred 15 min. Pretransfer to preferred signal 0 sec. Post - transfer to preferred signal 0 sec. Pretransfer to standby signal 0 sec. Post - transfer to standby signal 0 sec. Failure to synchronize 1 min. Off (preferred to standby, programmed- transition only) 1 sec. Off (standby to preferred, programmed- transition only) 1 sec. Auto load test duration 30 min. 1 -60 min. $ tAdjustable in 1 second increments. Engine start can be extended to 60 minutes with an External Battery Supply Module Kit. $1 minute increments. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 KSS- DMTA- 0150S, continued Application Data Environmental Specifications Operating Temperature -20 °C to 70 °C (-4 °F to 158 °F) Storage Temperature -40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F) Humidity 5% to 95% noncondensing Input and Output Connection Specifications Component Wire Size Range Main board I/O terminals #12 -24 AWG I/O module terminals #14 -24 AWG UL- Listed Solderless Screw -Type Terminals for External Power Connections Normal, Emergency, and Load Terminals Switch Rating, Amps Cables per Pole Max Number of Cables per Pole Range of Wire Sizes Copper or Aluminum 0150 1 1 #8 to 3/0 AWG Use 60 °C minimum wire for #14 to #1 AWG. Use 75 °C minimum wire for 1/0 AWG and larger. Codes and Standards • The ATS meets or exceeds the requirements of the following specifications: • Underwriters Laboratories UL 508, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment • Underwriters Laboratories UL 1008, Standard for Automatic Transfer Switches for Use in Emergency Standby Systems file # E58962 (automatic), # E86894 (nonautomatic) • CSA C22.2 No. 178 certification at 600 VAC available,file # LR58301 • NFPA 70, National Electrical Code • NFPA 99, Essential Electrical Systems for Health Care Facilities • NFPA 110, Emergency and Standby Power Systems • IEEE Standard 446, IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications • NEMA Standard IC10 -1993 (formerly ICS2 -447), AC Automatic Transfer Switches • EN61000 -4-4 Fast Transient Immunity Severity Level 4 • IEC 60947 -6 -1, Low Voltage Switchgear and Control Gear; Multifunction Equipment; Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment • EN61000 -4 -5 Surge Immunity Class 4 (voltage sensing and programmable inputs only) o IEC Specifications for EMI /EMC Immunity: o CISPR 11, Radiated Emissions o IEC 1000 -4 -2, Electrostatic Discharge o IEC 1000 -4 -3, Radiated Electromagnetic Fields o IEC 1000 -4-4, Electrical Fast Transients (Bursts) o IEC 1000 -4-5, Surge Voltage o IEC 1000 -4 -6, Conducted RF Disturbances o IEC 1000 -4 -8, Magnetic Fields o IEC 1000 -4 -11, Voltage Dips and Interruptions Contacts Resistive Load Inductive Load Motor Load, NC Motor Load, NO Engine Start Contacts 2 A@ 30 VDC N/A N/A N/A Auxiliary Contacts 15 A @ 250 VAC N/A N/A N/A Weights Weights are shown for transfer switches in NEMA type 1 enclosures, type 3R enclosures, and open units. Consult the factory for NEMA type 12, 4, and 4X enclosures. Weights are provided for reference only and should not be used for planning installation. See your local distributor for submittal drawings. Amps Nema Type Weight kg (Ib.) 150 NEMA 1 30 (65) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 KSS- DMTA- 0150S, continued Withstand / Close -On Ratings (WCR) Standard Transition Model The transfer switch is rated for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than the RMS symmetrical amperes listed at 480 volts maximum, but no greater than the interrupting capacity of the selected circuit breaker. Circuit breakers are supplied by the customer. All WCR values are available symmetrical RMS amperes and tested in accordance with the withstand /closing requirements of UL 1008. Suitable for emergency and standby applications on all classes of load, 30% tungsten rated on all amperages Ratings with Specific Manufacturer's Circuit Breaker Withstand /closing ratings (WCR) in RMS symmetrical amperes for specific manufacturers' circuit breakers. Certified Withstand /Closing Current Ratings in RMS Symmetric Amperes Switch Rating, amps Current Limiting Fuse Specific Coordinated Breaker Rattings Switch Rating, amps Maximum Fuse Size, amps Fuse Class Maximum Amps *Maximum Voltage *Maximum Circuit Breaker Size, amps *Maximum Amps 0150 200 J 200000 480 V /60 Hz 400 30000 Suitable for emergency and standby applications on all classes of load, 30% tungsten rated on all amperages Suitable for emergency and standby applications on all classes of load, 30% tungsten rated on all amperages Ratings with Specific Manufacturer's Circuit Breaker Withstand /closing ratings (WCR) in RMS symmetrical amperes for specific manufacturers' circuit breakers. Molded -Case Circuit Breaker Switch Rating, amps WCR, amps RMS Voltage, Max. Manufacturer Type Max. Size, amps 150 30000 480 Cutler- Hammer FDC, HFD 150 150 30000 480 Cutler- Hammer HJD, JDC 250 150 30000 480 Cutler- Hammer HKD, KD, KDB, KDC, LA TRI -PAC, LCL 400 150 30000 480 Square D FC, Fl 100 150 30000 480 Square D KC, KH, KI 250 150 30000 480 Square D LA, LC, LE, LH, LI, LX, LXI 400 150 30000 480 Siemens CEDE, HED4, HED6 125 150 30000 480 Siemens CFD6, FD6, FXD6, HFD6 250 150 30000 480 Siemens CJD6, HJD6, HHJD6, HHJXD6, JD6, JXD6, SCJD6, SHJD6, SJD6 400 150 30000 480 GE TB1 100 150 30000 480 GE SEL, SEP, TEL, THLC1 150 150 30000 480 GE TFL,THLC2 225 150 30000 480 GE SFL, SFP 250 150 30000 480 GE SGL4, SGP4, TB4, THJK4, THLC4, TJJ, TJK4, TLB4 400 150 30000 480 GE KSS- DMTA- 0150S, continued Accessories 'Accessories are available either factory- installed or as loose kits, unless otherwise noted. Warranty CSA Certification • Warranty-5 -year comprehensive Warranty • Warranty-1 -year KSS-DMTA-0150S, continued Model Designation Model Mechanism Transition Controls, Voltage Poles Enclosure. 1111 11E1 11111_,1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.11 1 Current Rating Miscellaneous • A 1 1 1 Record .the transfer switch Model designation in the boxes: The transferswitch model designation defines characteristicsend ratings asexplained below. Sample Model Derignaiion: KSP-DCTA-0100S Model Korii9r.Troosforsvoiof). Mechanisni: S So-Breaker .Rated 7:112.00191) 8: Standard prOgrarnmed C�ntro!s D: NAFAc,n-! 16.00 - Mibroptoo6ssor Controls AutomatIC: F itwaq- 1500, Microprocessor Controls, NOnAutomafie Voltage/Frequency O 206VOlt§/p0 Hz D: 220Volts/50,Hz 240Volts/60 Hz G 380,VO4S/50 HZ H 400,yOtts/50 Hz 418 Volta/50,Hz K: 440 yOlts/.01,1i M 480 yofts/60 Hz P: 380-VbIts180,HZ 220VOOOP Hz, 'Nuinber ,of Poles/Wires N 2 pole 3=Wire, solid neutral 3-lbble, 4-wire; solid neutral V: 4-pole, 4-wire; switched neutral' Enclosure NEMA'lt .0: •NEMA:f4 D: NEMA a F: NEMA 4X G: Open unit , . *t. .NEMA,VericioSure :standard. tother types;aVailable. '.,to order:, Current Rating: Numbers indicate:the current, rating of the syv.itch:in amperes: 00404 oitai 02604. 0080.1 0200 , "0400 :ofdo .02284 mob: 1: Standard-transition models only Miscellaneous S:, Standard Connections fn cy • cno MN MN IIIII 1111111 - - MN r OM I MI NM M MI I I r 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 7 1 6 5 4 2 1 D C —e B A u SECURITY COVER OPTIONAL ON NEMA I REQUIRED FOR NEMA 3R ACCESSORY MODULE (OPTIONAL) 8 Y1st 0 SECTION A -A 8 8 PADLOCK HASP (SECURITY OPTION AND NEMA 3R ONLY) LOGIC DISCONNECT (OPTIONAL) 1 7 ed ;311 0 0 0 0 450 [17.7] NOTE: ALLOW FOR MINIMUM DOOR SWING CLEARANCE OF 508 [20.0] IN FRONT OF CABINET. 68 [2.7] 273 [10.8] BATTERY CHARGER (OPTIONAL) MODEL K1 MPAC LOGIC 40 -225A 2, 3 & 4 POLE STANDARD TRANSITION SPECIFIC BREAKER RATED STANDARD CONNECTION NEMA 1 & 3R 0 0 000 SECTION B -B M of RECOMMENDED ENTRANCE AREA TOP & BOTTOM NEUTRAL (2 & 3 POLE UNITS ONLY) EQU I1PMENT GROUND DIMENSIONS IN [ 7 ARE INCHES. FINISH: ANSI 49 GRAY. REFER TO OPERATOR'S MANUAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF UNIT. REV DATE REVISION 2 -13-06 A 2 -14 -08 NEW DRAWING [768421 (8 -2) EOUIPMENT GROUND NOTE ADDED, (83093] BY UNLESS DIMENSIONS SPECIFIED IN MILLIMETERS ' KOHLER CO I METRIC I PRO -E 11 UNLESS SEE IN ITIEI ME tER$ WS D 21 TOLERANCES ARE: BTW POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, WI 53044 U.S.A. SURT A[E TIpISH THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL 15 KOHLER PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN / NAx. CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS v DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. PROJECTDBE 4* 4]. TITLE APPROVALS DATE WSD CHECKED WSD DIMENSION PRINT CO. OF 2 13 06 K,EE NONE Ic.2 xo. 1sxEErl Df 2 -13-06 DHRKD. I ADV -7189 D HxERD.ED AJH 2 -13-06 6 5 T 4 3 2 D C B A 1 1 1 1 1 1 f 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 ENGINE START TERMINALS AUXILIARY CONTACTS SCREW TYPE TERMINALS FOR EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTION SWITCH RATING (AMPS) RANGE OF WIRE SIZES CONTACTOR (PER PHASE) NEUTRAL (2 S 3 POLE) GROUND 40 -150 (I) #8 TO 3/0 (3) #6-3/0 200 -225 (1) #6 TO 250 KCMIL (3) #4 -600 KCMIL OR (6) 1/0 -250 KCMIL (3) #6 -3/0 MODEL K1 MPAC LOGIC 40 -225A 2, 3 & 4 POLE STANDARD TRANSITION SPECIFIC BREAKER RATED STANDARD CONNECTION NEMA 1 & 3R O 0 0 J J 0 r v CC CC LAJ N SECTION A -A REV DATE REVISION 2 -13 -06 NEW DRAWING [76842] BY WS0 A 2-14 -08 (A -7) NEUTRAL UPDATED; (A -61 (3) #6 -3/0 KCMIL WAS 1114 TO I/O; (A-7) 41( 012.7 [.50] WAS 010 [.41 (4); [83093] BTW UNLESS OTHERNISE SPECIFIED - II DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLINELERS fl TOLERANCES ARE: SURFACE FINISH MAN. KOHLER Co (METRIC 1 PRO -E POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, WI 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. (!) APPROVALS DATE WSD 2 13 06 TIRE DIMENSION PRINT CM[CA(D WS D 2 13 06 f0 "`E NONE I"D n. 10N¢02 of 2 AND.ED A J H 2-13 -06_ DR ND, ADV -7189 D 8 7 6 5 1 4 3 2 D C B A WEIGHTS KG (LBS) 2 POLE 3 POLE 4 POLE 28 (62) 30 (65) 31 (68) SCREW TYPE TERMINALS FOR EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTION SWITCH RATING (AMPS) RANGE OF WIRE SIZES CONTACTOR (PER PHASE) NEUTRAL (2 S 3 POLE) GROUND 40 -150 (I) #8 TO 3/0 (3) #6-3/0 200 -225 (1) #6 TO 250 KCMIL (3) #4 -600 KCMIL OR (6) 1/0 -250 KCMIL (3) #6 -3/0 MODEL K1 MPAC LOGIC 40 -225A 2, 3 & 4 POLE STANDARD TRANSITION SPECIFIC BREAKER RATED STANDARD CONNECTION NEMA 1 & 3R O 0 0 J J 0 r v CC CC LAJ N SECTION A -A REV DATE REVISION 2 -13 -06 NEW DRAWING [76842] BY WS0 A 2-14 -08 (A -7) NEUTRAL UPDATED; (A -61 (3) #6 -3/0 KCMIL WAS 1114 TO I/O; (A-7) 41( 012.7 [.50] WAS 010 [.41 (4); [83093] BTW UNLESS OTHERNISE SPECIFIED - II DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLINELERS fl TOLERANCES ARE: SURFACE FINISH MAN. KOHLER Co (METRIC 1 PRO -E POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, WI 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. (!) APPROVALS DATE WSD 2 13 06 TIRE DIMENSION PRINT CM[CA(D WS D 2 13 06 f0 "`E NONE I"D n. 10N¢02 of 2 AND.ED A J H 2-13 -06_ DR ND, ADV -7189 D 8 7 6 5 1 4 3 2 D C B A NM r- I• - MN r MN • i r MN OM •• NM NM = D • MN = M IIIIII • I - ' MI • MI UM • I 8 7 I 6 5 b 4 3 1 2 1 I LC UIF P13 LIETHERNET 058 P17 P14 181 T82 2 3 LB ` PROGRAMMABLE INPUT 1 PROGRAMMABLE OUTPUT 1 PROGRAMMABLE INPUT 2 J PROGRAMMABLE OUTPUT 2 MODBUS_R5485_B1 ( +) MODBUS RS485_A1 ( -) ODBUS_RS485_82( +) OOBUS_R54B5_A2( -) OD6US RS485R1(+) ODBUS_R5483RI( -) MODBUS_RS465_82( +) MODBUS_R5485_A2( -) PASSWORD MAINTENANCE SPARE SPARE P10 PS8 P1 9 ■ P1 6 • P1 10 • P1 13 • P1 14 • 61 K2 PI -16 61 —if P1 -I CONTACTOR P1 -74 P1 -104 P1 -64 P1 234 P1 -2 TO EMERGE SOURCE EN EC � O SCE C NO P1 -5 61 --11 K1 PI -24 4 P1 -21 P1 -20 4M PI-104 P1 -12 • P1 11 • P1 4 • PI -22 P1 -15 TS — TS = TS NN � NB TO NORMAL SOURCE TO LOAD SCN 12 CNO P1 -3 8 NO NO SNCG SE_ TC POSMON INDICATION ENGINE START AUXILIARY CONTACTS 15A. 250YAC 44 -1 STANDARD _NC • C A3 -1 e-y4J A4 -2 A4 -3 44 -4 OPTIONAL N A3 -2 .NQJ AS -3 No Tl A3 -4 _N�T11 MODEL K1 40 -260 AMP OPEN TRANSITION SERIES RATED FOR WIRING DIAGRAM SEE GM46287 7 I 6 I 5 4 4 I 3 I 2 wn WINN 1 -04-05 464 CRANING [758 4x) GIR 1 F7.F65 A3, A4 - AUXILIARY CONTATCTS 80 - BRIDGE RECTIFIER C6E - 1R�YFER COIL (NORMAL/EMERGENCY) LCD - UOUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY ALB - ANN LOGIC BOARD P( /) - PLUG P58 - POWER SUPPLY BOARD SCE - COIL CLEARING CONTACC (EMERGENCY) SCN - COIL CLEARING CONTACT (NORMAO 5E - SWITCH POSMO6 CONTACT (EMERGENCY POSITION) 5N - SWITCH PO5710N CONTACT (NORMAL P051TION) SW( #) - DIP SWITCH 181 CUSTOMER CONNECTION TERMINAL BLOCK 1B2 - AUXILIARY TERMINAL BLOCK TS - TRANSFER SWITCH UIF - USER INTERFACE NOTE: DIAGRAM SHOWN WITH 'NORMAL" ENERGIZED ANO CONTACTOR IN THE NORMAL POSITION, +°m awt �: K as a KOHLEI,CR 55NA 0.5A. 171 NA IN 0155 OCIA WIN � OR MCI OF VONA NI 4n.wua 1-04 -04 DIAGRAM, SCHEMATIC /// GM46265 DY D C A 8 i - - - - - - - - - - MI • • • MI MO 7 6 5 4 3 2 ENCLOSURE 762 ENGINE I START 13 4 OPTIONAL NFLTTRAL CONFIGURATIONS NONE SWITCHED LB C LN LOAD NIB NC JJ1i T T' II ) EB EC EN EMERGENCY SE NO 0 5N 1 C x No 44 NO C I-o NC 44 NO C 1-11-4 NC 44 NO I-o NC A4 A3 NO obi 7 NCO A3{{��11 NO t NC o f{ A3 NO NC o j{ A3 . NO NO 1 C C I--o NC NC o }( POSITION INDICATION }AUXILL)ARY CONTACTS -1 (STANDARD) I. AUXIILARY CONTACTS (OPTIONAL) RIGHT SIDE WALL DOOR TO OPTIONAL I/O MODULES 1111101104201EZ 1121514151 P14 CUSTOMER 082 L P16 CONNECTIONS T81 1 ILCB OISPL � ) L 1 _ = ET11FA 1C P12❑ USEI ■f ii iii CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS - +I NAT1 P10 114 P3 ❑CURRE2R SENSING P1 21 107 13 CRV�.p I 22 �-2 218414 1YCRI 23219415 111 7� 35 24420016 122 8 4V 3 J1 I -10-04 4n "MCC (79842) CRC lEDET9D 43, 44 - 41.1)(ILLMR.1 CONTACTS BAT1 - BATTERY. 4.1V (THM- 1550 /HP) BR - BRIDGE RECTIFIER CNE - TRANSFER COIL (NORMAL /EMERGENCY) J(/? - CONNECTOR (JACK) P - CONNECTOR (PLUG) SCE - COIL CLEARING CONTACT EMERGENCY) SCN - COIL CLEARING CONTACT NORMAL) 00 SE - SWITCH P0514 CONTACT ERGENCY POSITRON) - S41TD WL PO50100 CONTACT NOR POSITION) �( TB(1) ) - TERMINAL BLOCK - T5 - TRANSFER SNITCH UIF - USER INTERFACE 31 CONNECTIONS (CONTACTOR TO MAIN IODIC ROARD) 1 1 (SCE -N0) 13 13 (5E -N0) 2 2 (BR -AC I) 14 14 (SN -NO) 3 3 (5011-N0) 15 15 (T5 -NC) 4 4 (T5 -NC) 16 16 (T3 -EC) 5 5 (BR -AC2) 17 N/C 6 6 (T5 -EC) 18 18 (TS -EEO 7 7 (T5 -EA) 19 19 (TS -LA) 6 8 (7132 -3) 20 20 (1S -LB) 9 9 (TB2 -4) 21 21 (TS -LC) 10 10 (SE -C) 22 22 (TS -NN) 11 11 (15 -98) 23 23 (TS -EN) 12 12 (15 -NA) 24 24 (15 -11) MODEL K1 40 -260 AMP OPEN TRANSITION SERIES RATED FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM SEE GM46265 vor Ma Me mi. VT • a 7 KOHLER CO MIIM MM. CI NM UM MaS PP SOP M MOM MIRTOLS DIAGRAM. WIRING // 0w1247AM0 1 -1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 GM46287 1 D4 D C B A KOHLER POWER SYST mamom Nom m m mllsols me Transfer Switch and Bypass Isolation Transfer Switch One -Year Limited Warranty Your Kohler product has been manufactured and inspected with care by experienced craftsmen. If you are the original consumer, Kohler Co. warrants, for the period indicated below, each product to be free from defects in materials and workmanship. Repair, replacement, or appropriate adjustment at Kohler Co.'s option will be furnished if the product, upon Kohler Co.'s inspection, is found to be properly installed, maintained, and operated in accordance with Kohler Co.'s instruction manuals. A Kohler distributor, dealer, or authorized representative must perform startup. This warranty does not apply to malfunctions caused by damage, unreasonable use, misuse, repair or service by unauthorized persons, or normal wear and tear. Kohler Product Warranty Coverage* Transfer Switch and Bypass Isolation Switch One (1) year from date of startup *Some restrictions may apply. Contact your Kohler distributor /dealer for full details. The following will not be covered by the warranty: 1. Normal wear, periodic service, and routine adjustments. 2. Damage caused by accidents, improper installation or handling, faulty repairs not performed by an authorized service representative, or improper storage. 3. Damage caused by operation above or below rated capacity, voltage, or frequency; modifications; or installation contrary to published specifications, codes, recommendations, and accepted industry practices. 4. Original installation charges and startup costs. 5. Damage caused by negligent maintenance such as: a. Failure to provide a clean, dry environment. b. Failure to perform recommended exercising. c. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance as prescribed in supplied manuals. d. Use of other than factory- supplied or - approved repair parts and /or procedures. 6. Rental of equipment during performance of warranty repairs. 7. Non - Kohler- authorized repair shop labor without prior approval from the Kohler Co. Warranty Department. 8. Expenses incurred investigating performance complaints unless the problem is caused by defective Kohler materials or workmanship. 9. Maintenance items such as fuses, lamps, and adjustments. A Startup Notification form must be on file at Kohler Co. A Startup Notification form must be completed by Seller and received at Kohler Co. within 60 days after the date of initial startup. Standby systems not registered within 60 days of startup will automatically be registered by Kohler Co. using the Kohler Co. ship date as the startup date. To obtain warranty service, call 1- 800 -544 -2444 for your nearest authorized Kohler service representative, or write Kohler Co., Generator Service Department, Kohler, WI 53044 USA. KOHLER CO. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND including, but not limited to, incidental consequential labor costs, installation charges, telephone charges, ortransportation charges in connection with the replacement or repair of defective parts. This is our exclusive written warranty. We make no other express warranty nor is anyone authorized to make any on our behalf. ANY IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF PURPOSE, is expressly limited to the duration of this warranty. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from state to state. KOHLER. POWER SYSTEMS KOHLER CO. Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 Phone 920 -565 -3381, Fax 920 - 459 -1646 For the nearest sales /service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 -544 -2444 KohlerPowerSystems.com TP -5373 12/99d Extended Five -Year Comprehensive Transfer Switch Limited Warranty This Kohler product has been manufactured and inspected with care by experienced craftsmen. If you are the original purchaser, Kohler Co. warrants for five years that the system will be free from defects in material and workmanship if properly installed, maintained, and operated in accordance with Kohler Co. instruction manuals. A Kohler distributor, dealer, or authorized representative must perform startup. This warranty is not effective unless a proper extended warranty registration form and warranty fee have been sent to Kohler Co. within one year of supervised startup. During the warranty period, repair or replacement at Kohler Co.'s option will be furnished free of charge for parts, provided an inspection to Kohler Co.'s satisfaction discloses a defect in material and workmanship, and provided that the part or parts are returned to Kohler Co. or an authorized service station, if requested. This extended warranty expires five full years after date of startup. This warranty does not apply to malfunctions caused by damage, unreasonable use, misuse, or normal wear and tear while in your possession. The following will not be covered by the warranty: 1. Normal wear, periodic service, and routine adjustments. 2. Damage caused by accidents, improper installation or handling, faulty repairs not performed by an authorized service representative, or improper storage. 3. Damage caused by operation above or below rated capacity, voltage, or frequency; modifications; or installation contrary to published specifications, codes, recommendations, and accepted industry practices. 4. Original installation charges and startup costs. 5. Damage caused by negligent maintenance such as: a. Failure to provide a clean, dry environment. b. Failure to perform recommended exercising. c. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance as prescribed in supplied manuals. d. Use of other than factory- supplied or - approved repair parts and /or procedures. 6. Rental of equipment during performance of warranty repairs. 7. Non - Kohler- authorized repair shop labor without prior approval from the Kohler Co. Warranty Department. 8. Expenses incurred investigating performance complaints unless the problem is caused by defective Kohler materials or workmanship. 9. Maintenance items such as fuses, lamps, and adjustments. 10. Transfer switch main contacts. A Startup Notification form must be on file at Kohler Co. A Startup Notification form must be completed by Seller and received at Kohler Co. within 60 days after the date of initial startup. Product not registered within 60 days of startup will automatically be registered by Kohler Co. using the Kohler Co. ship date as the startup date. To obtain warranty service, call 1- 800 - 544 -2444 for your nearest authorized Kohler service representative or write Kohler Co., Generator Service Department, Kohler, WI 53044 USA. KOHLER CO. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND including, but not limited to, incidental consequential labor costs, installation charges, telephone charges, ortransportation charges in connection with the replacement or repair of defective parts. This is our exclusive written warranty. We make no other express warranty, nor is anyone authorized to make any on our behalf. ANY IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF PURPOSE, is expressly limited to the duration of this warranty. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from state to state. KOHLER. POWER SYSTEMS KOHLER CO. Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 Phone 920 - 565 -3381, Fax 920 - 459 -1646 For the nearest sales /service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 - 544 -2444 KohlerPowerSystems.com TP -6087 2100b 1 • A B C E F G I H J K L N 0) OD I- CO Ch CV aica4lhoaie dopo \ {EW 288 GALON -FOR 150CKW\CAIR14144-2D1 -2010 ?80-CALLON TANK wq, 8/26/204.0.9:1) :18 AM. Miko Bi1Gq I i ' 11 K i) I k it t I I ii I j II I E(i t!; I 144" WO# O I P • XXXX NIXON POWER CALIFORNIA HOME DEPOT GENSET I KOHLER 150REOZJE FACT. WTHR. USEABLE GALLONS 280 ENCL. WEIGHT TANK WEIGHT GENSET WEIGHT TOTAL WEIGHT 750 LBS. 1,620 LBS. 3,300 LBS. 5,670 LBS. rn DESORPTION ASSEMBLY DRAWN BY: M.B. DRAWING NOT TO SCALE SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 1 SEE TANK PRINT 00 2 3 4 5 6 DRAWN BY: M.& DRAWING NOT TO SCALE DRAWING HISTORY REVISION DATE REVISION DESCRIPTION WA 824/2010 ORIGINAL SUBMITTED CO APPROVAL CHECKLIST REVIEWED BY DATE GENSET DELIVERY DATE CONTROL PANG CIRCUIT BREAKER NO EXCEPTIONS RIGHT SIDE RIGHT SIDE TA)ENI RELEASE FOR PRODUCTION LEFT SIDE LEFT SIDE NOT APPROVED! REVISE AND SUBMIT REAR REAR "'APPROVAL CHECKLIST MUST BE SIGNED PRIOR TO PRODUCTION... DISCLAIMER: I ALL DRAWINGS ARE PROPERTY OF JRS CUSTOM FABRICATION AND NOT INTENDED FOR PRODUCTION OR RESALE BY ANY OTHER UNLESS AUTHORIZED. APPROVAL CHECKLIST MUST BE SIGNED PRIOR TO PRODUCTION. JRS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ERRORS DUE TO INSUFFICIENT TECHNICAL SPECS, GENSET DRAWINGS, OR OTHER PROVIDED INFORMATION. JR5 CUSTOM FABRICATION, INC. OCALA, FL 34482 PHONE (352) 351 -2100 FAX (352) 351 -5881 CV 1 J 1 K L M N 0 1 P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 rn CO CO C") N A B C E F 1 G 1 H 1 J I K L M N FITTING DESCRIPTION LENGTH A 1/2" NPT FUEL SUPPLY DROP TUBE W/ CHECK VALVE 18° B 1/2" NPT FUEL RETURN DROP TUBE W /CHECK VALVE 18° C 2" NPT LOW FUEL SWITCH AT 20% 13 -3/8" D 1 -1/2" NPT ROCHESTER FUEL GAUGE 15 -1/2" E 2" NPT NORMAL VENT F 4" NPT EMERGENCY VENT (PRIMARY) G 1/2" NPT BASIN DRAIN AND ALARM H 4" NPT FDEP 7 -1/2 GALLON SPILL / FILL BUCKET WITH OPV J 2° NPT HIGH FUEL SWITCH (SETAT98 %) I 3/8" K 4" NPT EMERGENCY VENT (SECONDARY) L 2° NPT SPARE FITTING M 1/2" NPT ENGINE SPILL CONTAINMENT DRAIN - - -12" 86" 157" 1374" (GENSET) SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 1 MOUNT UNIT AND CONNECT FUEL LINES 2 FBLSPILL CONTAINMENT 3 HIGH FUEL SWITCH AND LEAK DETECTION SWITCH 4 PAINT TANK JRS BLACK 5 NORMAL VENT 144' ABOVE GRADE (SHIPPED LOOSE) 6 ENGINE OIL SPILL CONTAINMENT 7 OVERFILL PREVENTION VALVE W! 8' DROP TUBE P/N 419 8 TANK PRESSURE TESTED ON SITE BYOTHERS 9 5 YEAR WARRA4TY 10 INSTALL CUSTOMER SUPPLIED BATTERY CHARGER 11 SEISMIC ZONE 4 ISOLATORS CALDYN PIN RJJEOC INSTALLED BETWEEN TANK AND CONCRETE PAD, SHIPPED LOOSE 12 13 41j 258" O ELEC STUB UP AREA O "X14" SLOT (TYP. 6) 72' (SPILULEAK CONTAINMENT) H 2 27" r 41" 44" 222" 38" ti f ;1 1» if 2 73" 12" 82" 7" -- 7. RIGHT SIDE ONLY 41 2" RECESS : 144" 24" L ISOLATOR PAD (4 PLCS.) 16 " (TYP. 4) 24" WO# XXXX NIXON POWER HOME DEPOT GENSET I KOHLER 150REOZJE FACT. WTHR. O USEABLE GALLONS 280 ENCL. WEIGHT TANK WEIGHT GENSET WEJG1T TOTAL WEIGHT 750 LBS. 1,620 LBS. 3,300 LBS. 5,670 LBS. rn DESCRPIION UL#142 SEALED SECONDARY FUEL TANK DRAWN BY: M.B. DRAWING NOT TO SCALE DRAWING HISTORY REVISION DATE REVISION DESCRIPTION Cb N/A 8242010 ORIGINAL SUBMITTED ti CO APPROVAL CHECKLIST REVIEWED BY DATE Lo GENSET DEUVERY DATE CONTROL PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKER NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN 4 RELEASE FOR PRODUCTON RIGHT SIDE RIGHT SIDE LEFT SIDE LEFT SIDE NOT APPROVED/ REVISE MD SUBMIT REAR REAR "'APPROVAL CHECKLIST MUST BE SIGNED PRIOR TO PRODUCTION"' DISCLAIMER: I ALL DRAWINGS ARE PROPERTY OF JRS CUSTOM FABRICATION AND NOT INTENDED FOR PRODUCTION OR RESALE BY ANY OTHER UNLESS AUTHORIZED. APPROVAL CHECKLIST MUST BE SIGNED PRIOR TO PRODUCTION. JRS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ERRORS DUE TO INSUFFICIENT TECHNICAL SPECS, GENSET DRAWINGS, OR OTHER PROVIDED INFORMATION. Col JR5 CUSTOM FABRICATION, INC. OCALA, FL 34482 PHONE (352) 351 -2100 FAX (352) 351 -5881 N 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A f B C I D I E F ' G H I I J 1 K I L M N 0 P . 10 wo# XXXX ° NIXON POWER HOME DEPOT rn GENSET I KOHLER 150REOZJE FACT. WTHR. rn USEABLE GALLONS 280 ENCL. WEIGHT TANK WEIGHT GENSET WEIGHT TOTAL WFJGHT 750 LBS. 1,620 LBS. 3,300 LBS. 5,670 LBS. 181" CO OE��a+ SUGGESTED PAD AD LAYOUT 68" ° • °' . ° f • • d . • 4 a e a ° • O a•' . ° •e° .e d' • 4.4 .a . • . 4 A. 4 a _ • • a' a ' • • a ` • • ° ea e a d h a a "6n " •• ° . ° d • E. • e ° . °. d' • a e' w e a • a, . R •d e w • d w,� SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 1 SEE TANK PRINT 2 a • e . 4.'' ";e " e • ° .• • ° 4 • ELECTRICAL STUB AREA ,, 1 4,1-6 5 d9 • ° • a . 'e . d a e • •' • a ., •d • a • d' (FUEL TANK) `I,- 3 ti 4 5 6 DRAWN BY: M.B. I DRAWING NOT TO SCALE DRAWING HISTORY REVISION DATE REVISION DESCRIPTION N/A 624201C ORIGINAL SUBMITTED e u e e.. a , . ° 3413„ 16 145„ 8 e C!!!!lLLL - .n LO APPROVAL CHECKLIST i8 , • ° • e : . ° a • 4 16„ a • ° 4 a c d e a o d d ° ° ° • • .° . . . a a • 4 ,. . e e • d ° a d a • ° . 4° • • •4 • . 12, REVIEWED BY DATE cr / . a d. •".T a. .• 17• " . �' a 'a. 157" TANK) GENSET DELIVERY DATE --12" -- 1 I f— 12 X4 5 o _ PAD THICKNESS DETERMINED - (FUEL TO BE BY CONTRACTOR CONTROL PANS_ CIRCUIT BREAKER NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN I RELEASE FOR PRODUCTION RIGHT SIDE RIGHT SIDE c� LEFT SIDE LEFT SIDE " NOT APPROVED/ REVISE AND SUBM IT IT REAR REAR CHECKLIST MUST BE SIGNED PRIOR TO PRODUCTION" • v e . d o e / Kd 1 .° ° ,oe d• d ° ° ° • ' d e e• ° a• a • a ° ' I • a.. d ° de n ° a ° a .ea d ° d e A e e e e ° ° ° n a DISCLAIMER: I ALL DRAWINGS ARE PROPERTY OF JRS CUSTOM FABRICATION AND NOT INTENDED FOR PRODUCTION OR RESALE BY ANY OTHER UNLESS AUTHORIZED. APPROVAL CHECKLIST MUST BE SIGNED PRIOR TO PRODUCTION. JRS 15 NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ERRORS DUE TO INSUFFICIENT TECHNICAL SPECS, GENSET DRAWINGS, OR OTHER PROVIDED INFORMATION. N cy J R S' CUSTOM FABRICATION, INC. OCALA, FL 34482 PHONE (352) 351 -2100 FAX (352) 351 -5881 A B C D E F G• H I J K L M N 0 P AsT Turn The Page ► NEw! EMERGENCY VENTS LIsTED! Part No. A NPT Size Wt.Ibs 17.6 27.6 10.2 19.3 0366 -01 -4000 4" 0366 -01 -6000 6" 0366 -03 -4000. 4" 0366 -03 -6000* 6" "Aluminum Base Features B 5 3/16" 6 1/4" 5 3/16" 6 1/4" Slimline style is ideal for limited space situa- tions. Durable cast iron top and base with alumi- num bases available. Machined top and base with a Buna N "0" Ring provide a vapor tight seal. Air flow at 2.5psi is 91,076 SCFH for 4" with screen and 227,191 SCFH for 6" with screen. 4" or 6" NPT female thread is standard. 6401 E. 40th St. Kansas City, Missouri 64129 2-98 Emergency Vent Airflow Capacity Chart SCFH =Standard Cubic Feet Per Hour ® 2i psig Screens are standard 4 mesh galvanized steel. Clay & Bailey emergency vents are flow tested and UL listed. Capacity Size Part No. w/o Screen Capacity w /Screen 2" 0354 -02 -2000 19,218 3" 0365 -01 -3000 46,983. 3" 0365 -03 -3000 46,983 4" 0366 -01 -4000 105,460 4" 0367 -01 -4000 105,460 4" 0368 -01 -4000 89,641 4" 0369 -01 -4000 89,641 4" 0366 -03 -4000 105,460 17,707 43,770 43,770 91,076 91,076 77,415 77,415 91,076 4" 0367 -03 -4000 105,460 91,076 1 4" 0368 -03 -4000 4" 0369 -03 -4000 6" 0366 -01 -6000 6" 0367 -01 -6000 6" 0368 -01 -6000 6" 0369 -01 -6000 6" 0366 -03 -6000 6" 0367 -03 -6000 6" 0368 -03 -6000 6" 0369 -03 -6000 8" 0368 -01 -8000 8" 0369 -01 -8000 8" 0368 -03 -8000 8" 0369 -03 -8000 8" 0370 -03 -8000 10" 0370 -01 -1000 89,641 89,641 267,284 267,284 227,988 227,988 267,284 267,284 227,988 227,988 553,507 553,507 553,507 553,507 518,821 788,616 77,415 77,415 227,191 227,191 210,527 210,527 227,191 227,191 210,527 210,527 477,033 477,033 477,033 477,033 448,054 672,108 1-816-924-3900 1- 800 - 821 -6583 FAX: 1-816-924-3903 www.claylwleyoom wail CmdEttnfaclayb®ky.00m 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Vents A0084 Pressure Vacuum Vent The Emco Wheaton A0084 is an internal pressure vacuum valve that restricts vapor escape during product drops. k meets all regulatory codes requiring the installation of pressure vacuum vents. The A0084-009 is UL listed. Model No. Inlet Pressure Setting Vacuum Setting Weight A B 40084 -004 2" 13.86" H2O (8.00ot) 0,8" H2O 0.50oz. 0000000 O 0 0 P�QFQP'CTC80' • 1.7 Ib. 5" 9.5" A0084 -009 (Int'I) 2" Clamp on 13.86"1420 (z)) 0.8 H2O 0.50oz. 2" 1.0 Ib. 5" 8.9" A0084 -100 2" 2.00" 1.14o 3.0 "1420 1.88oz. 8.0" H2O 1.7 Ib. 5" 93" A0084 -101 2" Clamp on 2.00 " 0 1.14oz. 3.0" 0 1.88oz. 1.7 Ib. 5" 9.5" Vitone is a registered trademark of DuPont Dow • CARBApproval 95 -21 UL Used MH10206 A0084 All Metal Pressure Vacuum Vent The Emco Wheaton A0084 is an internal pressure vacuum valve that restricts vapor escape during product drops. The body and cap are anodized aluminum for corrosion-free service. Model No. Inlet Pressure Setting Vacuum Setting VNNght A0084 -014 2" BSP 1 3.86" 14,0 8.00oz 0.8"H20 0.50oz. 0000000 O 0 0 P�QFQP'CTC80' • 40084 -015 2" BSP 13.86" F 0 .00oz; 3.0" H2O I.8Boz. A0084 -038 2" 3.00" H2O 1.73oz. 8.0"H20 5.00oz. 40084 -103 2" Clamp On 3.00"H20 I.73oL 8.0" H2O 5.00oz. 40084 -105 2" Clamp On 2.00" H2O 1.14oz. 0.8" H2O 0.50oz. 40084 -200 2" 2.00" H2O 1.14oz 3.0"1420 1.88oz. A0084 -201 2" Clamp On 2.00 "14 0 (1.14oz. 3.0 "H20 1.88oz. 40084.204 2" 13.86" (8.000L) 02'1420 0.50oz. A0084.209 2" Clamp On 13.86" ((8.00oz.) 0.B" H2O 0.50oz.) A0094.2I5 2" Clam On 13.86" 0 (8.00oz.) 3.0" H2O 1.8802.) pward "V" Vent e Wheaton A4103 Upward "V" Vent utilizes a straight -up "V" design to rapidly disperse vapors. SIi style vent attaches to the I with three s for easy installation. Screen can be east remo or c eaning. Igned in accordance with NFPA 30 and UL listed. A 13 44103-002 1 Inlet I 15""& 2" Polyethylene I 0.7 bs. I 5" I 5.9" A0785 Downward Mushroom Vent Material Aluminum Seal: Viton• Cap: Polyethlene • UL Listed MH10206 The Emco Wheaton A0785 Downward Mushroom Vent is designed for downward venting of stor- age tanks. The 30 mesh stainless steel screen can be easily removed for cleaning. The A0785 threads onto either 1.5 or 2.0 inch vent Qnes. Clear coated aluminum for corrosion -free service. Model No. Inlet Material Weight 2.5 A0785 -001 1 _S" & 2" Female Aluminum 1.0 lbs. A0785 -101 1.5" & 2" Female BSP Aluminum 1.0 lbs. .-4..-...I 58 Emco Wheaton Retail • 2300 Industrial Park Drive • Wilson, NC 27893 • 252- 243 -0150 M Series Single -Level Liquid Level Switches A selection of engineered single -level switches Madison Company offers a complete line of Standard and Configured (slightly modified Standard designs) models. These products continue to meet the needs of applications in many markets, at competitive prices. In addition, Madison Company offers the capability to design specific liquid level switches for OEM applications that require unique considerations in materials, configurations and system interfacing. Engineered designs incorporate over 45 years of experience in liquid level switch applications in a variety of environments and installation configurations. High reliability of the magnetic reed switch technology assures repeatability at an economical price. Our design experience and flexible manufacturing techniques also offer customers many value - added design and assembly options to reduce their product cost. • • High reliability •Wide selection of;available materials . _. • Three basic sizes: full, miniature:'and subminiature • Direct interface to controllers available Madison Company • (203) 488 -4477 • Fax (203) 481 -5036 • E -mail: info @madisonco.com • www.madisonco.com © Copyright Madison Company — 2103 Product Selection Guide The first consideration is the type of liquid, temperature and pressure to which the switch will be subjected. Madison manufactures liquid level switches in various styles, in a variety of materials, to cover a broad range of conditions. Following are some basic recommendations for selecting the proper liquid level switch material for your application. Application COMPONENT C US See Approvals pages in Reference Section For high- temperature (to 200 °C), high - pressure (to 300 PSIG) and corrosive conditions. Commonly used in food processing, medical, heating, and cooling equipment. For acidic conditions, such as found in electroplating and metal cleaning. Another choice for lower- temperature (to 105 °C) food processing applications (Madison Company uses only polypropylene that is FDA - approved for food contact). Also a good choice for general - purpose applications in commercial or consumer appliances and equipment. Available in white and other colors. The selection for petroleum -based liquids, such as lubricating oils, gasoline and diesel fuels. Widely used in storage tanks of vehicles, generators, transmissions and hydraulic systems. Other uses are in lubrication, recovery, refining and fuel processing equipment. Please note: PBT is not suitable for use in water above 65 °C. Chemical- and solvent- resistant properties make this material a problem solver for many applications. Its high - purity nature is ideal for food handling and sensitive laboratory or test equipment. Once a suitable material has been selected, the type of switch and configuration are the next considerations. Madison Company stocks a full line of standard products that can meet the requirements of many applications. For specific designs, Madison can custom - build, to order, switches with an infinite number of variations and options. Please utilize our M & MT Series single -level specification sheet which, when completed, will allow our engineering department to better meet your needs. y rte■ • • • Sensor solutions for today and the future"" Madison Company 800 - 466 -5383 27 Business Park Drive, Branford, CT 06405 • 203 - 488 -4477 • Fax: 203 - 481 -5036 www.madisonco.com • E -mail: info @madisonco.com 0 Copyright Madison Company — 2103 C E R T I F I E D ISO 9001 comcgo 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • • • M Series Stainless Steel Liquid Level Switches Full -size Switches •. MODEL " NO With SLOSH ,SHIELD •' ° DWG ' NO. FLOAT MATL STEM- MATL ':MAX "TEMP , (CELSIUS)" :MAX PSIG FLOAT, ;'. SG, :NOMINAL VA ' .: LEAD- WIRES, FITTING ** APPROVALS M5600 MS5600^ ' 1 316SS 316SS 200' 200 0.55 60 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D,E,I M5600 -SPDT; Ms5606: -SPDT 1 316SS 316SS 200' 200 0.55 25* 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D,I M5601 : " 'MS5601 :: 1 316SS 316SS 200' 200 0.55 100 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D M5917 MS5917 1 316SS 316SS 250' 200 0.55 60 18 ga. UUCSA appr. 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D M4600 MS4600 ;z 2 Buna -N 316SS 105' 150 0.45 60 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M4600 -SPDT MS4600 -SPDT, 2 Buna -N 316SS 105' 150 0.45 25* 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M4601 -. MS4601x .} 2 Buna -N 316SS 105' 150 0.45 100 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M8600 . MS86001. .•, 2 PP 316SS 105° 100 0.75 60 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D M8600 -SPDT; ;MS8600:tSPDT,a 2 PP 316SS 105' 100 0.75 25* 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D - M8601 MS8601 2 PP 316SS 105' 100 0.75 100 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D M5600 -PR 'r MS5600 -PR 3 316SS 316SS 200' 500 0.70 100 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT C,D,I MSB5600 : 7 -"' 4 316SS 316SS 110' 85 0.55 60 Teflon Cable 6 ft. — I • M3842 ' —': > 4 316SS 316SS 100' 30 0.64 25* 18 AWG Neoprene Cable 10 ft. — — * SPDT switch operation PP= Polypropylene Miniature Switches MODEL With SLOSH SHIELD%,, DWG NO , FLOAT ;MAIL STEM MATL . MAX TEMP,■AXr (CELSIUS), ,PSIIG. FLOAT ' SGp NOMINAL + ;.VA ` LEAD WIRES FITTING ** APPROVALS M5000 MS5000 {: 5 316SS 316SS 200' 300 0.70 30 22 ga- Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C,D M4400 MS4400!y 6 Buna -N 316SS 105' 150 0.45 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C M8020 - MS8020 6 PP 316SS 105' 100 0.80 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C,D PP= Polypropylene Side - Mounted Switches ' MODEL With SLOSH SHIELD, s: DWG NO FLOAT MATL STEM MATL : MAX TEMP. (CELSIUS), -MAX ".PSIG FLOAT ,17 =SGr NOMINAL •: VA - LEAD . WIRES ** APPROVALS M5900* • 11 316SS 316SS 200' 300 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C,D,E M5910* — 13 316SS 316SS 200' 300 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C,D,E M5920* — 12 316SS 316SS 200' 300 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C,D,E,I M5970 — 14 316SS 316SS 200° 100 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C,D M5010 • MS5010 15 316SS 316SS 200° 300 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C,D * Available with extended stem length, see drawing No. 19. Consult factory for appropriate model number. MODEL SLOSH SHIELD • DWG NO;. , FLOAT MATL STEM MATL MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) .MAX PSIG •,:FLOAT , ' "SG“ NOMINAL `- VA LEAD WIRES � OUTER � ; .. THREAD M3827 -1 — 16 316SS 316SS 200' 50 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/2 -13 Bulkhead M3827 -2 — 17 316SS 316SS 200' 50 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/2 NPT M3827 -3 - 18 316SS 316SS 200' 50 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8 NPT M3827 -1NO — — 316SS 316SS 200° 50 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/2 -13 Bulkhead M3827 -2NO- — — 316SS 316SS 200' 50 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/2 NPT M3827 -3NO, • — — 316SS 316SS 200° 50 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8 NPT Madison Company • (203) 488 -4477 • Fax (203) 481 -5036 • E -mail: info @madisonco.com • www.madisonco.com * * Refer to Approvals pages in Reference Section © Copyright Madison Company — 11/03 M Series Stainless Steel Liquid Level Switches Vertical Switches 2.13" (54.1) dia. max. 2.50" s-(63.5)-' 1.75" (44 4) 1 Ill 2.38' dia. max. (60.4 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation ■ Mounting by Two .281" (7.1) dia. Notes 3.89" (98.8) DWG No. 4 Actuation Level 1.37" (34.7) i 3.38' (85.8) 2.63" (66.8) 1/4" NPT DWG No. 2 r 2' 50.8) 1.50" (38.1) dia. max. (Polypro.) 1.25" (31.75) dia. max. (Buna -N) 1.90" dia. max. (48.2 mm) `>1 2' dia. max. (50.8 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation 3.38" (85.8) 2.63" (66.8) 2.05" (52.0) dia. max. 1.50' dia. max. (38.1 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation Side - Mounted Switches 1/2" NPT 1 NPT Imo- 450' (114.3) max Consult Outer Thread J Factory (Consul Factory) for Available Length ,VVV 4IVVJ___ Inner Thread (Consult Factory) 2.96" (75.1) 1" (25.4 /2" NPT 34 = 1 DWG No. 19 i Extended Stem Length Consult Factory for Available Length 1.61 "..4 (40.8) ■ ■•t 3/8 -24 THD Bulkhead Mounting 1.13 "-+ (28.7) max. DWG No. 15 450'(114.3) max. DWG No. 12 TYP. 1.25" max. (31.75) Actuation 1.5" max. Point (38.1) 1.90" dia. max. (48.2 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation 1/2 -13 Bulkhead 1/2" NPT 1/8" NPT �r- 2.875" (73.025) 0.250" I 1.00" (6.35) II- H25.4) 1/2 -13 THD. Nut Washer 1/2" NPTy I#I111I 1/4' NPTII 4 Gasket DWG No. 14 I4_ 4 50" (114.3) max T 1.00" nom. (25.4) DWG No. 13 6.25" (158.75) max. 5.12" (130.05) 5.77"(146.56) - DWG No. 17 5.77° (146.56) - DWG No. 18 Madison Company • (203) 488 -4477 • Fax (203) 481 -5036 • E -mail: DWG No. 16 3.50" (88.90) info @madisonco.com • www.madisonco.com © Copyright Madison Company - 11/03 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • •! • M Series Plastic Liquid Level Switches Full -size Switches MODEL NO ; With SLOSH SHIELD DWG : NO.: FLOAT MATL STEM MATL MAX, TEMP (CELSIUS). MAX PSIG FLOAT 41. SGfe NOMINAL . . VA • LEAD ::: WIRES, . -: , FITTING-- ** APPROVALS M8800 - . MS8800'. ' 28 PP PP 105' 100 0.75 60 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D,I M8800 SPDT` MS8800 -SPDT 28 PP PP 105' 100 0.75 25 ** 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D M8801 MS8801 28 PP PP 105° 100 0.75 100 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D ' M8800 -PR - MS8800 -PR. 28 PP PP 105° 100 0.75 100 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT C,D M7800" - MS7800* : 28 Buna -N PBT 105° 150 0.45 60 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C ,7800 -SPDT* MS7800 -SPDT" 28 Buna -N PBT 105° 150 0.45 25 ** 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M7801 *. - MS7801* ' 28 Buna -N PBT 105' 150 0.45 100 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M8060-PR * , MS8060 -PR,: 28 PP CPVC 105' 100 0.75 100 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT C M9800 :. MS9800 " , 28 Kynar Kynar 105° 15 0.75 60 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT B,C,D MSB7800r,,., ? — 29 Buna -N PBT 105° 150 0.45 60 Nylon Cable 6 ft. — — „'MSB8800` — 29 PP PP 105° 100 0.75 60 PP Cable 6 ft. — — * Not for use in hot water at temperatures above 65 °C ** SPDT switch operation PP= Polypropylene Miniature Switches MODEL With SLOSH SHIELD . DWG NO FLOAT MATL STEM . MATL MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG FLOAT ° •SGV NOMINAL *:VA d • LEAD WIRES FITTING %: **$,,, .' APPROVALS M8000 i' MS8000 30 PP PP 105° 100 0.80 30 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C,D '4008 - ,- MS4008 30 Buna -N PP 105' 150 0.45 30 22 qa. MTW 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C OW= . MS7000* 30 Buna -N PBT 105' 150 0.45 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C M9000 „r' MS9000 30 Kynar Kynar 105' 15 0.85 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C,D * Not for use in hot water at temperatures above 65 °C PP= Polypropylene Side - Mounted Switches MODEL NO.' With SLOSH SHIELD DWG NO. FLOAT MATL STEM MATL . MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG ; FLO■T So , NOMINAL` • • - VA , LEAD WIRES - APPROVALS- ": (,8700. M8705 32 PP PP 105° 100 0.60 30 22 ga. MTW 24" A,B,C,D '.M8725= MS8725 33 PP PP 105' 100 0.60 30 22 ga. MTW 24" A,B,C,D M8740 ` - 34 PP PP 105° 100 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C,D :M8750 M8755 35 PP PP 105° 100 0.60 30 22 ga. MTW 24" A,B,C,D • M8790 - — 36 PP PP 105' 100 0.60 30 22 ga. MTW 24" A,B,C,D M7700* - - M7705* - 32 PBT PBT 150° 100 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C M7725* MS7725* 33 PBT PBT 150° 100 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C ,7740* — 34 PBT PBT 150' 100 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C M7750 ". M7755" 35 PBT PBT 150' 100 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C ` M7790 ". = 36 PBT PBT 150' 100 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C M9700 - M9705 32 Kynar Kynar 105° 100 0.93 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C,D * Not for use in hot water at emperatures above 65 °C PP= Polypropylene Madison Company • (203) 488 -4477 • Fax (203) 481 -5036 • E -mail: info @madisonco.com • www.madisonco.com * * Refer to Approvals pages in Reference Section ® Copyright Madison Company — 11/03 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V rim/MI • •i • M Series Plastic Liquid Level Switches Subminiature Switches MODEL With SLOSH SHIELD DWG NO FLOAT MATL STEM MATL MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) • MAX PSIG FLOAT SG NOMINAL VA :. .'LEAD j WIRES ' ' < • .FITTING" * *._ APPROVAL'S M3326 31a PP PP 105` 50 0.85 15 22 ga. Teflon 24" 3/8 -16 A,B,C M3326 -NO 31a PP PP 105" 50 0.85 15 22 ga. Teflon 24" 3/8 -16 A,B,C M3638 ` . 31b PP PP 105' 50 0.85 15 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT – M3638-NO 31b PP PP 105° 50 0.85 15 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT – PP= Polypropylene DWG No. 28 1.50' (38.1) dia. max. (Polypro.) 1.25" (31.75) dia. max. Buna -N) DWG No. 31a 3/8 -16 THD " �eo• Ring owe 63" /18(.4p; (1 6.0) . 1.25" • (31.7)I 58" (14.7) DWG No. 31b 118" NPT 1.68" 63" (42.6) (1 .0) 1.25" ((31.7) IH 58" (14.7) 1 2" dia. max. (50.8 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation 2.50" — (63.5)- 1.75" (44.4) I.11(I Mounting by Two .281" (7.1) dia. Holes 3.89" (98.8) DWG No. 29 1. Actuation Level 1.37" (34.7) 3/4 -20 THD \ 4.30" (109.2) 7/8 -14 THD la 3.31" (84.0) DWG No. 34 14- 4.02"( 102.1) 5/8-11 THD `- 2.84 "(72.1)—, DWG No. 36 `DWG .No. 30 1.50" dia. max. (38.1 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation 1/2" NPT DWG No. 33 4 -2.75" (69.8) max.--* 1111-raw 4– 2.84" (73.1 mm) max.–, 1 NPT Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation Madison Company • (203) 488 -4477 • Fax (203) 481 -5036 • E -mail: info @madisonco.com • www.madisonco.com * * Refer to Approvals pages in Reference Section ® Copyright Madison Company – 11/03 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M Series Brass Liquid Level Switches Full -size Switches MODEL NO. - = ' With SLOSH SHIELD :. ` DWG . NO: FLOAT MATL STEM MATL MAX TEMP ` (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG FLOAT . SG NOMINAL ;' VA- 'LEAD WIRES ., FITTING APPROVALS M4300 , - : ' MS4300_ 21 Buna -N Brass 105' 150 0.45 60 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M4300 -SPDT' MS4300 -SPDT 21 Buna -N Brass 105° 150 0.45 25* 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M4301 MS4301 . 21 Buna -N Brass 105' 150 0.45 100 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M5400 .'`_ MS5400 21 316SS Brass 200' 200 0.55 60 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M5400 -SPDT 'MS5400 -SPDT 21 316SS Brass 200° 200 0.55 25" 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C • M5401 ', ; MS5401. 21 316SS Brass 200° 200 0.55 100 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M8400 , , : '. MS8400 , 21 PP Brass 105° 100 0.75 60 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M8400 SPDT' MS8400 -SPDT: 21 PP Brass 105' 100 0.75 25* 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M . MS8401 ,` 21 PP Brass 105' 100 0.75 100 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C * SPDT switch operation PP= Polypropylene Miniature Switches MODEL . , .... With SLOSH -._. SHIELD DWG NO. FLOAT MATL STEM, MATL MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG FLOAT SG NOMINAL VA;. LEAD WIRES'', ' FITTING ' ** w APPROVALS . M4560,.:„. X MS4500 22 Buna -N Brass 200' 300 0.45 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C M5040 : MS5040 - 22 316SS Brass 105' 150 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C M8040 z: MS8040 .;' 22 PP Brass 105' 100 0.80 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C PP= Polypropylene Side - Mounted Switches MODEL With SLOSH SHIELD -DWG NO. , FLOAT . MATL STEM- ,; MATL. MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG FLOAT SG: NOMINAL VA `. ` "LEAD WIRES ** APPROVALS _.' M4010 MS4010'. 23 Buna -N Brass 105° 100 0.45 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C DWG No. 21 1/4" NPT 1 1 1 1 1 3.38" (85.8) 2.63" W 2" (66.8) Y (50.8) 1.50" (38.1) dia. max. (Polypro.) 1.25' (31.75) dia. max. (Buna -N) 4-------i 2' dia. max. (50.8 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation DWG No. 22 1.50" dia. max. (38.1 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation 2.96' (75.1) DWG No. 23 Bulkhead Mounting 1< > 1.50° dia. max. (38.1 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation Madison Company • (203) 488 -4477 • Fax (203) 481 -5036 • E -mail: info @madisonco.com • www.madisonco.com ** Refer to Approvals pages in Reference Section © Copyright Madison Company - 11/03 The LC 1000 series alarm consoles are designed for use with any tank mounted sensing device that trans- mits an alarm condition by opening or closing switch contacts. While the controls are usable with a variety of field sensors, the LC's are optimized for level control. They assure com- plete safety and minimum installation cost by requiring only low current, intrinsically safe wiring between con- sole and tank switch. Housed in a water tight enclosure, the solid state circuitry provides from one (1) to four (4) alarm channels for monitoring up to four independent sensing points. Bright incandescent alarm lights and a loud sounding horn warn of alarm conditions. Dry con- tacts are provided for controlling your external devices such as pumps, valves, or remote alarm stations. Features Consoles can monitor multiple tanks High and low level warning lights Audible alarm with reset button Multiple switches Push button test Intrinsically safe operation of tank mounted sensors Operation Each alarm channel transmits a 12 VDC signal to a tank mounted level switch. When the switch senses a level alarm condition, the switch transfers and the LC 1000 circuit energizes the audible horn and in- dicator light. The light will remain on after silencing the horn by pressing the reset button. At any time, an operator may test the alarm circuit by pressing the test button. APPROVED File No. 1 Q3A4.AX eets` Overfill Alarm Requirerr en ••O oe ?0.Ro .e G'.'o ,•Oe,O:A 1 IIIIIPNEUMERCATOR Typical Application Audible Alarm Controls ,LC 1000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ISpecifications subject to change without notice. Specifications Power Input 120 VAC ± 10 %, 60 Hz Fuse — .10 AMP, AG -SLO BLO Power to Field Sensor Low electrical energy; 12 VDC at 15mA provided by control unit to each sensor switch. Safe for Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D; Class II Division 1, Groups E, G. Control Relay Output Dry switch contact — SPDT per point, rated 3 AMPS at 120 VAC; selectable either normally open or normally closed. Response Time Typically 1/2 second. Automatic horn silence option, adjustable 30 seconds to 3 minutes. Indicators /Controls Red light indicates alarm condition Horn signals audible alarm — 85dB min. Reset button silences alarm Test button tests alarm circuits Temperature -40° F to +160° F ( -40° C to +71° C) Enclosure NEMA 4- weatherproof standard Installation Wall mount standard Weight 6 lbs. (2.7 kg.) approx. — small case 11 lbs. (5 kg.) approx. — large case Sensor Cable Standard 2 conductor #18AWG Up to 5000 feet (by customer) Model Description s " OId;Part Number. `` . LC1001 LC1002 ' LC1003 • •'LC1004 ' ' Single, Point Two Points Three Points ; . ' Four Points ' LC1 SA. •. LC2SA , _ , LC3SA ; : LC4SA ', 1 APPROVED File No. 1Q3A4.AX 1 IIIIIPNEUMERCATOR 1 PNEUMERCATOR COMPANY, INC. 120 Finn Court, Farmingdale, NY 11735 (631) 293 -8450 FAX (631) 293 -8533 http://www.pneumercator.com 1-POINT' • .3 -POINT 6.00;. .4.00- - 6.00 " - BOTTOM .OFCASE' ' 2 HOLES FOR , • 1/2" CONDUIT HUBS 0.313 'MTG HOLES 'ANNUNCIATOR: - ..SILENCE SWITCH BOTTOM OF CASE. ' 2 -POINT r 4 HOLES FOR 1/2. CONDUIT HUBS DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES OVERALLDEPTH,= 4.75. INCHES, :. 4- POINT WARNING LIGHT AVAILABLE.FOR HIGH.OR LOW FUNCTIONS ANNUNCIATOR' PNEUMERCATOR • NAMEPLATE ; CIRCUIT TEST'" "SWITCH 4 ..," Sample Specifications Provide and install for each tank A (high /low) level /overfill prevention alarm / control console. Console should display a visual indication of alarm condition and include an audible alarm horn with reset button. Visual indication should remain on until alarm condition is corrected. A test button on the alarm console should be provided to function test audible and visual alarm circuits. The console should provide a SPDT switch output, rated 3 AMPS at 120 VAC for controlling external devices. Electrical circuitry to tank mounted process sensors should be listed intrinsically safe for hazardous areas. The sensor wiring must be run in separate conduit containing no line voltage. Alarm console should consist of solid state electronic circuitry operated from 120 VAC power, housed in a weatherproof enclosure, model (see model number table) manufactured by the Pneumercator Co., Farmingdale, NY 11735. Distributed by: B- LC1000 Printed in U.S.A. 10/03 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SPECIFICATION / DETAIL OPTIONS A- Capacity: Gallons B- Mounting Connection: Male (M), Female (F) C -Size: NPT threads D- Drain: Yes /No E- Screen: Yes /No F- Height: (Inches) G -Width (inches) H- Shipping weight (Ibs.) 1 -Body Diameter J -ULC Listing: Yes (Y), No (N) Body: Powder coated white Lid: Powder coated white Hinge Bolt/Lock Nut: Zinc plated steel Fig. 518 Series Only: Drain Push Rod: Brass Drain Nut: Brass Spring: Bronze 0 -ring: Flouroelastomer AMorrison Bros, Co . MAI Established 1855 DESCRIPTION Morrison Spill Containers contain any spills that occur at the fill point on Aboveground Storage Tanks. The Fig. 517 has a hinged cover that is lockable with a #3 Masterlock. It is of steel construction and powder coated white inside and out. The Fig. 518 Spill Container has a hinged cover that is lockable with a #1 Masterlock. It has a push type drain with a fluoroelastomer o -ring. It is of steel construction and powder coated white inside and out. I.D. NUMBER A B C D E F G H I J 517 -0100 AC 3.5 M 2 N N 8.13 17.25 9 13.14 Yes 517 -0200 AC 3.5 M 4 N N 8.63 17.25 9 13.14 Yes 517F - -0100 AC 3.5 F 2 N N 8 17.25 10.5 13.14 Yes 517F -0200 AC 3.5 F 4 N N 10.13 17.25 10.5 13.14 Yes 517F000100 AC 3.5 F 2 N N 8 17.25 10.5 13.14 Yes 517W0 -0100 AC 3.5 M 2 N Y 8.13 17.25 11 13.14 Yes 517W0 -0200 AC 3.5 M 4 N Y 8.64 17.25 11 13.14 Yes 518 -0100 AC 7.5 F 4 Y N 15.87 19.3 26 15.09 Yes 518CC -0100 AC 7.5 F 4 Y N 15.87 19.3 26 15.09 Yes 518M - -0100 AC- 7.5 ;Y. N 17.2 19.3 26 15.09; No 518M- -0200 AC 7.5 M 2 Y N 16.4 19.3 20 15.09 No P.O. Box 238 • Dubuque, Iowa 52004 -0238 563.583.5701 (tel) • 800.553.4840.563.583.5028 (fax) www.morbros.com 1 CALIFORNIA DYNAMICS CORP. I5572 ALHAMBRA AVE. LOS ANGELES, CA. 90032 -3106 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CALL US - TO SET THINGS RIGHT PH (323) 223 - 3882 FAX (323) 223 - 7941 email: caldyn @earthlink.net VIBRATION ISOLATOR Steel compression springs isolate loads up to 5880 lbs. per mount. Moderate spring deflections generally result in useage under medium through high speed equipment such as generator sets, pumps, air conditioning compressors, transformers, boilers, chillers, etc. EARTHQUAKE RESTRAINTS Pre — Approval f OPA -0012 has been granted by Californias Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). PRE — APPROVED MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LOADS HORIZONTAL VERTICAL 3570 Lbs. 6780 Lbs. Neoprene Shock Cushions TYPE RJJEQ CALIFORNIA PRE — APPROVED ISOLATOR /RESTRAINT PRE — APPROVAL OPA -0012 ALE 298 9/30/04 DATE: Attaching and Weight Transfer Bolt 3/4 -10 Upper Plate Attached Tube for horizontal Motion Restraint 6 Oper. ,Height Approx. Base Plate Attached Post for Horizontal Motion Restraint W Stud for vertical Motion Restraint VIBRATION ISOLATION RATINGS Type SIZE Max. Load (lbs) Max. Defl. (in) Spring Rate (lbs/in) RJJEQ A, B or C 158 1.13 140 RJJEQ A, B or C 212 1 . 13 188 RJJEQ A, B or C 240 2 . 30 104 RJJEQ A, 8 or C 310 2 . 00 155 RJJEQ A, B or C 374 1 . 1 340 RJJEQ A, B or C 402 1 . 70 236 RJJEQ A, B or C 488 1 . 13 432 RJJEQ A, B or C 592 1 . 60 370 RJJEQ A, B or C 636 1 . 13 562 RJJEQ A, B or C 790 1 . 80 440 RJJEQ A, B or C 1022 1 . 50 682 RJJEQ A, B or C 1430 1.30 1100 RJJEQ A, B or C 1602 1 . 00 1602 RJJEQ A, B or C 2120 1 . 00 2120 RJJEQ A, B or C 3040 . 78 3900 RJJEQ A, B or C 3920 . 78 5030 RJJEQ D 1533 1.50 1023 RJJEQ D 2145 1.30 1650 RJJEQ D 2403 1.13 2127 RJJEQ D 3180 1.00 3180 RJJEQ D 4560 .78 5844 RJJEQ D 5880 . 78 7569 Rubber Pad Cushio between horizontal Restraining Elements G Dia. 4 Holes 4 Sizes of Broad Base Plate for proper 4 Anchor Spacing Size A B C D L 10 10 12 12 S 8342 8)12 10 10 W 7712 9 1012 12 M 6 7)(2 9 10 G Wi, 44 TYPICAL CALLOUTS Type ( -Max. Load RJJEQ B 1022 L Size 1 1 1 !pa.- r ;; CALIFORNIA DYNAMICS CORP. CALDYN LOS ANGELES, CA. 90032 -3106 PH (323) 223 - 3882 FAX (323) 223 - 7941 email: caldyn @earthllnk.net A P P R O V E D Fixed Equipment Anchorage Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development OPA -0012 on . Thursday, September 30, 2004 "4" Valid for 3 Ycars Maximum "" INTERACTION CURVE 7 6780 Lbs. rhn D. Gillengerten Calculated g Up /Down and Horizontal values, plotted as a point, must be Located beneath this line.— 5 4— Up /Down 3 = 7 1 = i 2 / . 4 6 * =. 'r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3570 Lbs. 3570 Lbs. Q 1i11i11!1i!lill41111 • il!! li:i1!!!lllll!lliilllli!lllllll l '1111 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Horizontal L S NOTICE 297A File page describing PRE - APPROVAL USE: is included in OPA - 0012 PRE- APPROVAL ?LAN M 'Al 34 Dia. Equipment Attach & Load — Transfer Bolt 4#� 734 • '-3 Dia. 4 holes Neoprene Pad —' 4 Steel Washer and Rubber , Grommet TYPE RJJEQ ISOLATOR /RESTRAINT W /CALIF. PRE-APPROVED SEISMIC PROTECTION OPA -0012 FILE 297 9/17/04 ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN F = apRpfp { 1 + 3h, } Wp Where : ap = 2.5 (Isolated), Rp = 1.5 (Isolated), Ip = 1.5 (Hospital) Except that: Fp shall not be less than 0.7C8 I p Wp and need not be more than 4Ca I p Wp and Fp = Fps 1.4 (1612.3.1, 2001 CBC) NOTES : 1.) Design of anchorage to Structure by the structural engineer of Record. 2.) Fp for shallow or Expansion anchors shall be increased by factor of 1.3 per 2001 CBC Table 16A -0, Footnote 14 3.) RJJEO Maximum clearance not greater than 1/4 inch Design force may be taken as Fp Approx. 6I ,--T -T� ELEVATIONS All dimensions in inches. Size A B; C D L 10 10 ' 12 12 S £02 f 8A2 f 10 : 10 W 7 • 2 9 10.! 12 M 6 . 7?i i 9 10 G se I 34 7$ pia T tit • 2 gORRISON OVERFILL PREVENTION VALVE • SPECIFICATION SHEET • FIG.9095A SERIES 1 DESCRIPTION he 9095A AST Overfill Prevention Valve is installed at the fill port of an boveground storage tank. Used in a tight fill application, the valve termi- ates flow of product when the liquid level reaches a preset warning level (90 -95% full). The valve is installed on a standard N.P.T. male connection hen used with the quick disconnect or female adaptor. The 2" valve can be sed in conjunction with the Morrison Fig. 518 line of AST Spill Containers for added spill protection. When installed to manufacturers requirements the orrison Fig. 9095A Overfill Prevention Valve can eliminate environmentally azardous spills. All models are supplied with an adaptor to mount to orrison Fig. 419 aluminum drop tubes. ULC Listed. his valve complies with the following codes: FPA 30, 30A, UFC, BOCA, SBCCI /SFC, and PEI RP2000 Product Warnings and Cautions It5 PSI & 5 GPM is the minimum flow requirement for valve operation at the following aximum viscosities (in centistokes): 2" Valve -150 3" Valve -60. • A tight fill is required for the valve to operate. Do not substitute any other fill `daptors for the special adaptor supplied. The valve should be properly inspected before installation to insure the unit was not damaged during the delivery process. • Use caution during installation to protect float devices and their linkage. Damage to the parts may cause the valve to function improperly. • The valve must be used with clean product. Debris from products such as contaminated waste oil may cause the valve to function improperly. Consult Morrison Bros. Co. for product compatibility with the valve. The 3" valve can be used w /6" Sch. 40 or 80 pipe. • The 2" valve can be only be used with Sch. 40 pipe. These valves are rated for a maximum pressure of 100 PSI. Failure to follow any or all of the above warnings may render the valve non - unctional and could result in a hazardous product spill, which may result in ersonal injury, property damage, fire, explosion, or environmental contamination. SPECIFICATION /DETAIL OPTIONS 4—Body Size: 2" N.P.T. (2 "), 3" N.P.T. (3 ") * Adaptor : 2" x 4" Standard 2" Male Disconnect x 4" Female —(2S) 2" Quick Disconnect Adaptor —(2X) 2" x 2" x 4" Female Ductile Iron Adaptor —(2D) 3" x 4" Standard 3" Male Disconnect x 4" Female —(3S4) 3" x 4" Standard 3" Female x 4" Female With Line Purge —(3F) 3" x 6" Standard 3" Male Disconnect x 6" Female —(3S) 3" Quick Disconnect Adaptor —(3X) lit3" x 3" x 6" Female Ductile Iron Adaptor —(3D) Gasoline Shutoff Height From Top of Valve (Inches) — Diesel Shutoff Height From Top of Valve (Inches) HT.— Height: Dimension from base to top of valve (Inches) IT.— Shipping Weight (Ibs.) Body: Anodized Aluminum Internal Components: Brass /Stainless Steel linkage: Stainless Steel Floats: Closed Cell Buna -N 1 1 SHOWN WITH STANDARD ADAPTOR 9095A -0200 AV or 9095A -0300 AV SHOWN WITH QUICK DISCONNECT ADAPTOR 9095A -0500 AV or 9095A -0600 AV SHOWN WITH FEMALE ADAPTOR 9095A -3200 AV or 9095A -3300 AV Collar Drop Tube Adaptor (For Morrison Fig 419 Drop Tube) (HT.) I.D. NUMBER A B C D HT. WT. 9095A- 0200'AV' 2 ". 2S 11 12 19:25 14:;1 9095A -3200 AV 2" 2D 11 12 19.25 14.1 9095A -0500 AV 2" 2X 11 12 19.25 12.6 9095A -0300 AV 3" 3S 13.56 13.75 19.56 29 9095A -0600 AV 3" 3X 13.56 13.75 19.56 26 9095A -3300 AV 3" 3D 13.56 13.75 19.56 38 9095A -4000 AV 2" 3S4 11.67 12.67 19.9 9095A -4200 AV 2" 3F 11.67 12.67 19.9 Series 9095A Overfill Prevention Valves are ULC Listed and Approved by the NYC Fire Department (Certificate of Approval #5028) 1 LA Morrison Bros. Co. Established 1855 325 East 24th Street Dubuque, Iowa 52001 Ph: 800.553.4840 Fax: 563.583.5028 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 :ROCHESTER. 150 9001 Magnetic Liquid-Level Gauges Application The 8606Series Senior spiral gauges are designed for use in measuring liquid levels in hydraulic, lubricating or fuel;oll storage tanks; and :gasoline and diesel fuel levels. in stationary, standby and mobile generators. The amp Series, is not recomMerided for ofkoadecitriprnent. derferatitlfpnflatf0/1 & Features The 8640 spiral gauge incorporates a strong #Inico magnet capable ...of driving a TwinSite• sender which 'provides a direct, fractional-reading and alsoSendsan electrical Signal to a remote receiver The 8660 Spiral gauge is Supplied with an easy to read; sideyiew,fractionatdial. The model 8680 Spirit gauge is equipped with a standard top reading fractional dial -A11:8600 Series spiral gauges have al MNPI tank connection and are siiitable.for tank pretsurea. Up to 25 psig inakimum. They are designed for tap mounting intanksup to-67..deepand samenitod= els are UL listed for flammable liquids. Model # Sender or,Diaf Type 8646. Senier-TwinSitem Sender in choice of 0-30 0-90, or 240-30 Ohm ranges; Specify your preference when Ordering; 8660 #5025s00570 Senior Tu side-reading fractional dial, 8680 #5844901793 Senior n4 direct-reading fractional dial, sane anc►i- pinbr' q au& Seoreverse side for dirhensional data, materials of constructiimi performance, and advice on how to order: The Measure.. of Excellence 01/2000 8600 Series Magnetic Liquid-Level Gauges. pomp] Seniar,TwinSiteT,Sender (Specify ohnurangeit) General $peolficatio:hs*' Mounting: Designed for 'top-Mounting- onlY: Repeatability Repeatability depends on .proper gauge sizing &lank con- figuration NorMally, Standard ,dials are ±7%, Side7reading dials are ±8%; & TWinSiti-:sendere- are ±12(t. Vibration im- proves repeatability TempratUre Standard. operating range is -40°F to 158°F, -40C to 70C'. Humidity Exposed portion should be painted for marine applications,, less dial. Shock Shorter sizes are suitable for some mobile, Off-road applidttion. Vibration Shorter sizes are Suitable for some mobile, off-road applicatiOn. Power 0.5 watts maxiMum:for TwinSite- versions. Tank Pressure 0 to 25 psig [0 = 1; 7 Bar) maxirnum Approval Direct indicating, gauge. Available ,UL listed for flammable liquids. Some models .UL recognized for marine service: 1 X" 131, 71 Senior Side4itatidinif Dial F113504.* ir Standard eonatkuctfOn it$A63:rin on. cleOli: *to: Materials of Construction * Read ble.cast zinc. Gue Roil Zinc-plated steel; brass optional at extra Cost, Centershaft Brass. Tie Plates Guide it Bearing Pin Stainless steel. Fit Nitrite rubber. Drive Magnet Anibo. 'Standard Dial POlycarbonafe, hermetically sealed. Diat Aluminum with Polycerbonete crystal, hermetically sealed. IlvinSitie- Sender Polyamide. • Materiets and sediftcalons ere Subject to Change without notice. Pressure ratings subject to change due tetemperature and other emitonmental considerations. When ordering, specify: I. Gauge Model number. 2,Tank height. 3.0hrn range on TwinSite versions. 4. Riser height, if any 5. Any special requirements. 01/29710 ROCHESTER The Measure of Excellence _ GAUG ES, INC .11615 Harry Hines Blvd. •"P.o., Bo* 29242 • Dalla,s, TX 75229 4, (972) 241-2161 FAX (972) 620-140$ Webslte hitp://warbv.iohestergauget.part • Einall info©rochOstergauges.coni Vd I LA 41, • r1t, Z City of Tukwila 02 -01 -2011 Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director DOUG COGER 1506 W WHISPERING WIND DR STE 130 PHOENIX AZ 85085 RE: Permit Application No. EL10 -0758 6810 S 180 ST TUKW Dear Permit Applicant: In reviewing our current application files, it appears that your permit applied for on 09/23/2010, has not been issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or National Electrical Code every permit application not issued within 180 days from the date of application shall expire and become null and void. Your permit application will expire on 03/22/2011. If you still plan to pursue your project, a written request for extension of your application must be submitted to the Permit Center at least seven (7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit application. If it is determined that an extension is granted, your application will be extended for an addtional 90 days from the expiration date and you will be notified by mail. In the event that we do not receive your written request for extension or request was denied, your permit application will expire, become null and void and your project will require a new permit application, plans and specifications, and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File: Permit File No. EL•0 -0758 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 August 23, 2010 Project Subject Dear Sir or Madam: • [P101233] HD #4705 Generator Upgrade - Tukwila, WA Permit Description Scope Of Work Replace the existing 50KW Propane emergency generator with new 150KW Diesel emergency /standby generator at the same exterior block wall & fence enclosure location. Install new ATS -2 and associated equipment for existing re routed "Optional" loads, provide new 150amp feeder to generator served from ATS -2, install new ATS -1 for existing emergency loads and re use existing feeder. No new branch circuits will be added to the existing building service. Sincerely, Douglas Coger Branch Manager Correspondence No. 00005 Rogers Electric 1506 W. Whispering Wind Dr. Suite 130 Phoenix, AZ 85085 Phone: 623 - 516 -7380 Fax: 623 - 516 -7396 EL(O 0751 RECEIVED SEP 2 3 2010 PERMIT CENTER V `yX ciy• PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: EL10 -0758 PROJECT NAME: HOME DEPOT SITE ADDRESS: 6810 S 180 ST X. Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # DATE: 09 -23 -10 Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: ,Y6 Vic. ct-t0 Building Division Public Works Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete DUE DATE: 09 -28 -10 Not Applicable n Comments: Permit Center: Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route ,mil Structural Review Required n No further Review Required n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 10 -26 -10 Approved Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) n Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 Contractors or Tradespeople P jester Friendly Page • Electrical Contractor A business licensed by L&l to contract electrical work within the scope of its specialty. Electrical Contractors must maintain a surety bond or assignment of savings account. They also must have a designated Electrical Administrator or Master Electrician who is a member of the firm or a full -time supervisory employee. Business and Licensing Information Name LIN R ROGERS ELECTRICAL INC UBI No. 601825239 Phone 7707723400 Status Active Address 2050 Marconi Dr, Ste 200 License No. LINRRRR956B1 Suite /Apt. License Type Electrical Contractor City Alpharetta Effective Date 1/21/2005 State GA Expiration Date 1/29/2013 Zip 30005 Suspend Date County Out Of State Specialty 1 General Business Type Corporation Specialty 2 Unused Parent Company Electrical Administrator INFORMATION License LAUTTSR919K6 Name LAUTT, SCOTT R Status Active Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date CORP SYSTEMS, C T Agent 01/21/2005 1/27/2010 LIN, ROGERS President 01/21/2005 $250.00 WEBB, KEN Secretary 01/21/2005 ELECTRICAL CITATION FINNEL, MIKE Vice President 01/21/2005 1/27/2010 Bond Information Page 1 of 2 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 1 WESTERN SURETY CO 929356576 01/14/2005 Until Cancelled $4,000.00 01/21/2005 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Summons /Complaint Information Summons and Complaints are not filed with the department for this contractor type Warrant Information Warrants are not filed with the department for this contractor type Infractions /Citations Information Infraction / Citation Date RCW Code Type Status Violation Amount EOXFJ00291 1/27/2010 19.28.061 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 EOXFJ00289 1/27/2010 19.28.061 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 EOXFJ00287 1/27/2010 19.28.061 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 ECHAP00712 6/10/2010 19.28.101 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 ECOPK00399 3/30/2006 19.28.161 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 ECOPK00397 3/30/2006 19.28.041 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $500.00 ECOPK00400 3/30/2006 19.28.161 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 ECOPK00398 3/30/2006 19.28.101 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 ECLE000575 10/26/2009 19.28.161 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 https: // fortress .wa.gov /lni/bbip /Print.aspx 02/09/2011 0 0 O O cV aC • O 0 0 0 w J W 180TH ST HCNE DEPOT STORE #4705 EXISTING ELECTRICAL ROOM N235' - - NEW LOCATION OF NEW GENERATOR, EXISTING GENERATOR SHALL BE REMOVED. COSTCO RD GENERATOR SITE PLAN SCALE: 1" = 60' - 0 2050 MARCONI DRIVE, SUITE 200 Office: (770) 772 -3400 Fax: (866) 592 -9161 ALPHARETTA, GA 30005 No des shalt be made to the scope of work without prior approval Tukwila Building Division. of NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. P COPY Se Plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of approved Field Copy and conditions is acknowledged: By "Date: 2----o°(- --- -o c( - City Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION EL10--0158 :,,..,...,,dam:.... _ .......... ... IFIEVIEWEl .FOIE COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 70 - NEC SEP 3 0 2010 U City of *Ma BUILDING DIVISION 1L 11 -27 HOME DEPOT - TUKWILA STORE #4705 00 00 H 00 NO :UT E' .4,1W Ogle ......... ............................... 08/02/10 Joh ,4o. 10171 57irr(1 !io GENERATOR SITE PLAN Shrm,1,1 E -0 •Reletcsed Cons/rue/ ion Not Released for Construction Aug 09, 2010 — 10:49am H: \10— jobs \10171 \ELEC \10171 el .dwg z 0 .o EXISTING GROUND Sf EM TO REMAIN SCOR z-1 OF WOR <: UPGRADE AND REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING 50KW PROPANE GENERATOR WITH NEW 150KW DIESEL EMERGENCY STANDBY GENERATOR. EXISTING 480Y/277V, UTILITY SERVICE TRANSFORMER EXISTING GROUND SYSTEM TO REMAIN III 1600A MAIN s EXISTING MSB 6 277/480V/30/4W EXISTING 400A /3P 400AF EXISTING O 80A /3P 100AF EXISTING PROPANE GEN —SET WP • ENCLOSURE G%EN1 . 50KW EXISTING Cis 3 #4, #8G -1 1/4 "C EXISTING DP4 6 277/480V/30/4W EXISTING 3P SPACE ZZ 800A MLO EXISTING GROUND SYSTEM TO REMAIN EXISTING 480Y/277V, UTILITY SERVICE TRANSFORMER EXISTING 3#4-1"C EXISTING 3 #2 -1 1/2 "C EXISTING 2 SETS OF 4 #3/0, #3G IN EXISTING CONDUITS EXISTING 3 #2 -1 1/2"C EXISTING CONDUIT WITH 3 #2 EXISTING CONDUIT WITH 3 #4 45KVA EXISTING 4#146G-2"C 30 EXISTING 60A /3P — /60AF EXISTING XFMR TEL EXISTING PANEL EL 1 1600A MAIN s EXISTING ATS #1 EXISTING 100A /3F /100AF EXISTING GUTTER EXISTING CONDUIT WITH 3 #2 EXISTING 2#6,#8G-1"C EXISTING 60A /2P /60AF EXISTING CONDUIT WITH 3 #3, #8G EXISTING CONDUIT WITH 3 #3, #8G EXISTING XFMR rx 25KVA EXISTING 100A/2P -1 /1DOAF EXISTING UPS 10 J RISER DIAGRAM - EXISTING SCALE: NONE NOTE: ALL EXISTING TRANSFORMER GROUND SYSTEMS SHALL REMAIN. EXISTING GROUND SYSTEM TO REMAIN4 II�.D 1 EXISTING MSB 277/480V/30/4W EXISTING 400A /3P 400AF NEW 70A/ 100A FRAME CLASS 'J' FUSES EXISTING DP4 6 277/480V/30/4W NEW 150A/ 200A FRAME CLASS 'J' FUSES 800A MLO NEW 4 #1/0, #6G -2 "C NEW 4#1/0,#6G-2"C NEW 3#8,#10G-3/4"C EXISTING 3#4-1"C WITH NEW #8G �p NEW EXISTING 2 SETS OF 3 #4, #8G -1 "C 4 #3/0, #3G IN EXISTING CONDUITS EXISTING 3 #4, #8G -1 1/4"C NEW ATS #1 NEW 60A /3P NEW /60AF 3 #4, #8G -1 1/4"C —\ EXISTING XFMR TEL 0` EXISTING 4#1/0,#6G-2"C NEW ATS #2 NEW PANEL OEM NEW O7 2 #4, #8G -1 "C—\ NEW XFMR NEW TOEL #6CU G. 4 #3, #8G -1 1/2"C 30KVA 30 NEW PANEL OEL EXISTING CONDUIT WITH 3 #3, #8G EXISTING CONDUIT WITH 3 #3, #8G EXISTING XFMR TX 25KVA EXISTING 100A /2P- /100AF EXISTING UPS 10 O CLASS 'R' FUSES 1 45KVA EXISTING PANEL EL 150A/3P NEW DIESEL GEN —SET WP ENCLOSURE 187.5 KVA ® 80 %PF PROVIDE #6G TO NEW 3/4" DIAMETER x 10' -0" GROUND ROD (THERMAL WELD BARE COPPER TO GROUND ROD 24" BELOW GRADE), AND EXTEND TO NEW GENERATOR GROUND BAR. NEW v` 4 #1/0, #6G -2 "C RISER DIAGRAM - NEW WORK SCALE: NONE NOTE: ALL EXISTING TRANSFORMER GROUND SYSTEMS SHALL REMAIN. KEYED NOTES: OPROVIDE NEW 80A, 3 POLE ATS (ATS #1) TO REPLACE EXISTING ATS #1. REUSE EXISTING NORMAL FEEDERS AS INDICATED. O PROVIDE NEW 150A, 3 POLE ATS (ATS #2). PROVIDE NEW FEEDERS AND GEAR AS INDICATED. 0 SEE 2/E -1 FOR REROUTING OF FEEDERS. .0 NOT USED. O NOT USED. O ALL FEEDERS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR THIS DISTRIBUTION PANEL ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN, UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE. 0 PROVIDE NEW 225A MLO, 277/480V/30/4W, 42 POLE PANEL. ( NOT USED. EXISTING BREAKER TO BE SPARED. ROGERS ELECTRIC" 2050 MARCONI DRIVE, SUITE 200 Office: (770) 772 -3400 ALPHARETTA, GA 30005 Fax: (866) 592 -9161 2L[O 075$ GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL WORK AND MATERIAL FOR COMPLETE WIRING SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2. THE INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE 2008 EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, AND ALL STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. 3. THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE POWER COMPANY'S METER AND C.T. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 4. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO ASSURE THAT THE GENERATOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INSTALLED IS GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 250 OF THE N.E.C. 5. ALL CONDUIT BELOW CONCRETE SLABS SHALL BE GALVANIZED RIGID CONDUIT OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC. 6. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT LABELS FOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES, ATS SWITCHES, WIRING TROUGHS, ETC. TO IDENTIFY EQUIPMENT OR EQUIPMENT SERVED. LABELS SHALL BE 1/16" THICK OF PHENOLIC MATERIAL, MACHINE ENGRAVED TO EXPOSE CONTRASTING INNER CORE. 7. IT IS THE INTENT OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS THAT A COMPLETE EMERGENCY STAND -BY GENERATOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, TESTED AND READY FOR OPERATION, BE INSTALLED WHETHER EVERY ITEM OF EQUIPMENT, DEVICE, BOX, ETC. IS SHOWN OR NOT. ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE ON PREMISES DAY OF SYSTEM TESTING. 8. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COST AND COORDINATION INVOLVED WITH CUTTING CONCRETE /ASPHALT, TRENCHING AND REPAIRING CONCRETE SLAB AND /OR ASPHALT. 9. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COST AND CONSTRUCTION INVOLVED WITH POURING GEN -SET PAD AND ADDITIONAL FUEL TANK PAD. FOLLOW MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CONCRETE TYPE AND CONSTRUCTION PARTICULARS. 10. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY AND ALL STORE SHUT -DOWNS WITH HOME DEPOT'S PROJECT MANAGER, HOME DEPOT'S STORE MANAGER AND LOCAL UTILITY. STORE DOWN -TIME SHALL BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM. ANY SCHEDULED POWER INTERRUPTIONS SHALL BE REPORTED TO HOME DEPOTS ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION DEPARTMENT 3 -DAYS PRIOR TO POWER INTERRUPTION, CONTACT HOME DEPOT'S PROJECT MANAGER ALONG WITH THE STORE MANAGER. ALL DISRUPTIONS OF POWER SHALL OCCUR AT NIGHT AFTER STORE HOURS AND SHALL NOT INTERRUPT STORE OPERATIONS. 11. ALL CONDUITS TO BE INSTALLED WITH A MINIMAL COVER OF AT LEAST 24 ". 12. ALL WIRING SHOWN ON THESE SHEET IS BASED ON 75 °C THWN, WIRING SHALL BE ADJUSTED IF 60 °C IS USED. REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA70 - NEC SEP 3 0 2010 BU City of Tukwila I RECEIVED SEP 2 3 2010 PERMIT CENTER \OTE: THERE IS \O ADDITIO \AL LOAD BEING ADDED TO THE EXISTI \G SERVICE, THEREFORE LOAD A \ALYSIS FOR NSB IS \OT REQUIRED. 1E9. M7? Prt l Am/ ;V() /147A dale 08/02/10 Joh No. 10171 J%eel Me GENERATOR RISER .Sheet ;hr E -1 •Releaser /in- Contraction �No /%leleased forConslruclion 10 49am 0 0 N a? 0 rn rn 0 cV a� r 0 0 w J N 0 0 0 0 Drawing Name: EXISTING FIRE A_ARN CROON 1 DP MSB ANEL HD PANEL HC PANEL HB PANEL HA PANEL EL ATS #1 EMS (TO BE REMOVED) DP2 PANEL LA PANEL LDB PANEL LDA PANEL LE PANEL LF DP3 PANEL LG LADDER HATCH VOID SPACE (TYPICAL) J DPFLC CONTACTOR PANEL FLCA PANEL FLCB PANEL FLCC PANEL FLCD EXISTING ELECTRICAL ROOM PART PLAN E -2 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' - 0" NOTE: 1. ALL GEAR, EQUIPMENT & DEVICES SHOWN IS EXISTING TO REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. NOT ALL EQUIPMENT & DEVICES ARE SHOWN, ANY EQUIPMENT & DEVICES NOT SHOWN ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS, AND VERIFY INSTALLATION OF NEW GEAR IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC SECTION 110.26. PANELBOARD DESIGNATION 4' VOLTS 1120/20& 150 AMPERE BUS !AMPERE INT. CAP 131 PH. EL LOCATION,' 4 ?WIRE SOLID NEUTRAL S � MOUNTING: FLUSH I AMPERE MAIN MCB FED R FOM: TOP SPECIAL EXISTING PANEL SURFACE KVA 1 0.8 DESCRIPTION EM LIGHTING 3 0.8 EM LIGHTING 5 0.8 EM LIGHTING 7 0.8 EM LIGHTING 9 0.8 EM LIGHTING 11 0.8 EM LIGHTING 13 0.8 EM LIGHTING 15 0.8 EM LIGHTING 17 0.8 EM LIGHTING 19 0.8 EM LIGHTING 21 0.8 EM LIGHTING 23 0.8 EM LIGHTING 25 0.8 PHONE RM EM LTG 27 1.0 AIR COMPRESSOR 29 1.0 AIR COMPRESSOR 31 33 35 37 39 SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE 08 41 SPACE 0.0 DESCRIPTION SPARE KVA SPARE SPARE 6 SPARE 8 SPARE 10 SPARE 12 SPARE 14 SPARE 16 SPARE 18 SPARE 20 EM CONT CONTROL 0.4 22 ELEC RM EM LIGHTING 0.8 24 ELEC RM EJVI LIGHTING 0.8 26 GEN BATTERY CHRGR 0.4 28 GEN BATTERY CHRGR 0.4 30 SPACE • SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE 32 34 36 38 40 SPACE 42 KVA SUB TOTALS j 4.8 5.0 1 5.4 DEMAND FACTOR 1.00 CONN'D LOAD KVA1 15.2 DEMAND LOAD KVA 15.2 1 DEMAND AMPERES 42.2 , ALL CB'S 20A/1 P UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE EXISTING FIRE A ARM ROOM DPFLC CONTACTOR MSB PANEL HD PANEL HC PANEL HB PANEL HA PANEL LA PANEL LDB PANEL LDA PANEL LE PANEL LF DP3 PANEL LG PANEL FLCA PANEL FLCB PANEL FLCC PANEL FLCD LADDER HATCH XFMR TOEL PANEL OEL PANEL OEM NEW WORK ELECTRICAL ROOM PART PLAN SCALE: 1/4 " =1-0" NOTE: 1. ALL GEAR, EQUIPMENT & DEVICES SHOWN IS EXISTING TO REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. NOT ALL EQUIPMENT & DEVICES ARE SHOWN, ANY EQUIPMENT & DEVICES NOT SHOWN ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS, AND VERIFY INSTALLATION OF NEW GEAR IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC SECTION 110.26. IPANELBOARD 277!480 VOLTS 225 AMPERE DESIGNATION OEM 1 LOCATION WIRE SOLID MAIN NEUTRAL I ; 3 PH 4 MLO 1 MOUNTING: FED FLUSH 1 SURFACE B X ( BUS I 225 AMPERE FROM TOP 1 1 BOTTOM 142,000 'AMPERE INT. CAP .w......._.................._ wSPECIAL,..,....INEWPANEL KVA - -- - -- - KVA DESCRIPTION ; 20 ' €� 30 -rte - r -' -----\'' i - IIIII I ' A ' L. B 1 C 20_ _ (- E DESCRIPTION KVA -- 1 3.6 CHARGING STATION #1 CHARGING STATION #2 3.6 2 7.2 t~... 6 3 3.6 CHARGING STATION #1 CHARGING STATION #2 3.6 4 7 2 RADIAL ARM SAW 1.5 6 60 - 1 5 3.6 CHARGING STATION. #1 COMPACTOR 5.0 6 2.0 6 FRONT ROOL UP DOOR 1.5 8 8 5 7 3.6 BAILER COMPACTOR 5.0 8 86 1.0 REAR ROLL UP DOOR SPARE 20p 10 9 3.6 BAILER COMPACTOR 5.0 10 8.6 1 11 1.0 11 3.6 BAILER FAST SEAL DOOR 1.5 12 51 13 13 SPARE SPACE FAST SEAL DOOR 1.5 14 1 5 0 0 15 SPACE FAST SEAL DOOR 1.5 16 1 5 17 32.7 TOEL SALES LIGHTING 3.0 18 18 9- I 0.0 4 KVA SUB TOTALS 19 4.6 TOEL SALES LIGHTING 3.0 20 6 4 0 --1"")- -- 701 21 4.5 TOEL SPACE 22 6 1 23 SPACE SALES LIGHTING 3.5 24 5 ' 5 25 SPACE 3.3 26 3 3 I 27 2.5 SITE LIGHTING TX 3.3 28 5 8 1 1 29 2.5 SITE LIGHTING SPACE 30 5 2 KVA SUB TOTALS____ _ 27.0 1 29.1 1 26.6 DEMAND FACTOR 1.00 CONN'D LOAD KVA 82.7 ( DEMAND LOAD KVA 1 82.7 DEMAND AMPERES 99.5 , ALL CB'S 20A/1 P UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE PANELBOARD DESIGNATION OEL I LOCATION 2 2 .VOLT 1 0/ 08. S P { 3 H. 4 .WIRE SOLID NE TRAL f U I MOUNTING: FLUSH SURFACE X X I 100 !AMPERE BUS 1 100 , AMPERE MAIN 1 MCB _ FED FROM: TOP BOTTOM 10,000 AMPERE INT CAP SPECIAL 'NEW PANEL KVA DESCRIPTION I€ A I r...t.., ... B C I 20 DESCRIPTION KVA - -- - -- 1 1.6 PANEL SAW PANEL SAW VAC 1.6 2 ` 3.2 30 3 2.0 RADIAL ARM SAW PANEL SAW VAC 1.6 4 t~... 3 6 I 20 I 5 2.0 RADIAL ARM SAW FRONT ROOL UP DOOR 1.5 6 3 5 „ = 7 2.0 RADIAL ARM SAW FRONT ROOL UP DOOR 1.5 8 3 5 i ' 9 1.0 REAR ROLL UP DOOR SPARE 10 P- 1 0 t 11 1.0 REAR ROLL UP DOOR SPARE 12 ; 1 0 13 26.0 SPARE SPARE 14 -'-- ..,E; 26.0 0 0 15 SPACE SPACE 16 - 11 i 17 SPACE SPACE 18 0.0 KVA SUB TOTALS 32.7 I 4.6 4.5 I DEMAND FACTOR 1.00 CONN'D LOAD KVA; 41.8 DEMAND LOAD KVA 41.8 DEMAND AMPERES 1 116.2 ALL CB'S 20A/1 P UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ROGERS ELECTRIC" 2050 MARCONI DRIVE, SUITE 200 Office: (770) 772 -3400 ALPHARETfA, GA 30005 Fax: (866) 592 -9161 CONTACTOR WIRING INSTRUCTIONS USE NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS WITH AN ELECTRICALLY HELD COIL OPERATION. FOLLOW THE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION AS DETAILED BELOW. SITE LIGHTING PROVIDE THE CONTROL WIRING UN-LATCH TO THE CONTACTOR BY INSTALLING WIRING ROUTED FROM THE SITE LIGHTING CONTROL UN LATCH TERMINAL LOCATED ON THE EMS BOARD TO 4 -POLE NORMALLY CLOSED SITE LIGHTING CONTACTOR. THIS WILL ALLOW THE CONTACTOR TO BE OPEN DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS (THE UNLATCH TERMINAL WILL BE AT 120V DURING THIS TIME DRIVING THE CONTACTOR OPEN) AND THEN CLOSED (UNLATCH LINE GOES TO ZERO VOLTS AND NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTOR CLOSES) DURING NIGHT TIME OPERATION HOURS IN ORDER TO OPERATE THE SITE DURING THIS TIME. IN CASE OF A POWER OUTAGE ALL NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS WILL RETURN TO THEIR NORMALLY CLOSED STATE AND ALL LIGHTING CONNECTED TO THE BACK -UP PANELBOARD THAT IS ROUTED THROUGH THESE CONTACTORS WILL BE ENERGIZED. SALES LIGHTING PROVIDE THE CONTROL WIRING TO THE CONTACTOR BY INSTALLING WIRING ROUTED FROM THE HB OR HC SALES LIGHTING CONTROL UN -LATCH TERMINAL LOCATED ON THE EMS BOARD TO THE 4 -POLE NORMALLY CLOSED SALES LIGHTING CONTACTOR. THIS WILL ALLOW THE CONTACTOR TO BE CLOSED DURING OPERATION HOURS (THE UNLATCH TERMINAL WILL BE AT OV DURING THIS TIME RELEASING THE CONTACTS TO CLOSE AND LIGHTING TO BE ENERGIZED) AND THEN OPEN AFTER OPERATION HOURS (UNLATCH LINE GOES TO 120V DRIVING THE CONTACTOR OPEN AND THE LIGHTING TO BE DE- ENERGIZED). IN CASE OF A POWER OUTAGE ALL NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS WILL RETURN TO THEIR NORMALLY CLOSED STATE AND ALL LIGHTING CONNECTED TO THE BACK -UP PANELBOARD THAT IS ROUTED THROUGH THESE CONTACTORS WILL BE ENERGIZED. 120V FROM EMS J w SALES HB OR HC LIGHTING CONTROL OUTPUT FROM THE EXISTING EMS PANEL 120V FROM EMS /- SALES HB OR HC LIGHTING CONTROL OUTPUT FROM THE EXISTING EMS PANEL NEW OEM SITE LTG CIRCUIT I CONTACTORS ELECTRICALLY ACTIVATED ELECTRICALLY HELD 120V COIL 20A CONTACTS NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS 120V NEUTRAL NEW OEM SITE LTG CIRCUIT -C; ~- TO SITE LIGHTING NEW OEM SITE LTG CIRCUIT -43 I TO SITE LIGHTING NEW OEM SITE LTG CIRCUIT - -c,'�3- ; TO SITE LIGHTING TO SITE LIGHTING NEW OEM SALES NEW OEM SALES NEW OEM SALES NEW OEM SALES NEW OEM SALES NEW OEM SALES (ir 3 REVISED CONTACTOR WIRING E-2 SCALE: NONE EXISTING R2 LTG CIRCUIT) LTG CIRCUIT -C, 120V NEUTRAL TO SALES LIGHTI ■G TO SALES LIGHTING REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA7Q SEP 3 0 2010 LTG CIRCUIT -00-- j`3 TO SALES LIGHTING LTG CIRCUIT TO SALES LIGHTING LTG CIRCUIT C J TO SALES LIGHTING C of fukwila LTG CIRCUIT -J- TO SALES LIGHTRIBUILDING DIVISION ELtO ors 8 RECEIVED SEP 23 2010 PERMIT CENTER 1 Priul R 77 Revisions N0. Dale 08/02/10 ,/oh ita. 10171 5hee /I'i /le PANEL SCHEDULES & GENERAL NOTES E -2 • Released , %r Const ruct aura D.,Not%leleased f °rCons /ruction